Asus Motherboard DSBV-D User Manual
Motherboard DSBV-D
ii E3043 Second Edition V2 February 2007 Copyright é 2007 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this ma nual, including the products and soft ware described in i t, may be reproduc ed, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair , modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A C OMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe.
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix T ypography .................................................................................................. x DSBV -D speciîÂÂcations summary .............................................................. xi Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Serial number label ...................................................................... 1-1 1.4 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2 1.4.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 1.4.2 Innovative ASUS features ............................................... 1-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 2.2.3 Support kits for the motherboard .................................... 2-3 2.2.4 Motherboard layouts ....................................................... 2-6 2.2.5 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-7 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-9 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-9 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan .............................. 2-12 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-14 2.4.1 Overview ....................................................................... 2-14 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations .................................................. 2-14 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-16 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-16 2.4.5 Installing the optional MemCool FB-DIMM fan ............. 2-17 2.4.6 Uninstalling the optional MemCool FB-DIMM fan ......... 2-19 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-20 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-20 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-20 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-21 2.5.4 PCI-X slots .................................................................... 2-22 2.5.5 DDR2 SO-DIMM socket ............................................... 2-22 2.5.6 PCI Express x8 slot (x4 link) ......................................... 2-23 2.5.7 PCI Express x16 slot (x8 link) ....................................... 2-23 2.6 Jumpers ...................................................................................... 2-24
iv Contents 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-29 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-29 2.7.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-30 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk ....................................... 4-1 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS using the Phoenix Phlash16 Utility ............................................................... 4-2 4.1.3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ...................................... 4-3 4.1.4 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-5 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-8 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen .......................................................... 4-9 4.2.2 Menu bar ......................................................................... 4-9 4.2.3 Legend bar .................................................................... 4-10 4.2.4 Menu items ................................................................... 4-10 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ............................................................ 4-10 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ....................................................... 4-10 4.2.7 Pop-up window .............................................................. 4-1 1 4.2.8 General help .................................................................. 4-1 1 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-12 4.3.1 System Date ................................................................ 4-12 4.3.2 System T ime ................................................................. 4-12 4.3.3 Floppy A ........................................................................ 4-12 4.3.4 IDE ConîÂÂguration .......................................................... 4-13 4.3.5 IDE Channel 0 Master/Slave; SA T A Port 1/2/3/4 .......................................................... 4-15 4.3.6 System Information ....................................................... 4-16 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-18 4.4.1 Advanced Processor Options ....................................... 4-18 4.4.2 Chipset ConîÂÂguration ................................................... 4-24 4.4.3 PCI ConîÂÂguration .......................................................... 4-26 4.4.4 ICH USB Control Sub-Menu ......................................... 4-28
v Contents 4.4.5 Peripheral Devices ConîÂÂguration ................................. 4-29 4.4.6 ACPI ConîÂÂguration ....................................................... 4-31 4.4.7 Power On ConîÂÂguration ................................................ 4-32 4.4.8 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-33 4.5 Server menu ............................................................................... 4-38 4.5.1 Console Redirection ...................................................... 4-38 4.5.2 DMI Event Logging ....................................................... 4-40 4.6 Security menu ............................................................................ 4-41 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-43 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-43 4.7.2 Boot Features ............................................................... 4-44 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-45 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.1 Setting up RAID ............................................................................ 5-1 5.1.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions .............................................................. 5-1 5.1.2 Installing hard disk drives ................................................ 5-2 5.1.3 Setting the RAID item in BIOS ........................................ 5-2 5.1.4 RAID conîÂÂguration utilities .............................................. 5-2 5.2 LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility .......................... 5-3 5.2.1 Creating a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set .................................... 5-4 5.2.2 Creating a RAID 10 set ................................................. 5-10 5.2.3 Adding or viewing a RAID conîÂÂguration ....................... 5-14 5.2.4 Initializing the logical drives .......................................... 5-17 5.2.5 Rebuilding failed drives ................................................. 5-22 5.2.6 Checking the drives for data consistency ..................... 5-24 5.2.7 Deleting a RAID conîÂÂguration ....................................... 5-27 5.2.8 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set ...................... 5-28 5.2.9 Enabling the WriteCache .............................................. 5-29 5.3 Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility ................. 5-30 5.3.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (Stripe) ...................................... 5-31 5.3.2 Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirror) ...................................... 5-33 5.3.3 Creating a RAID 10 set (Stripe Mirror) ....................... 5-34 5.3.4 Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) ...................................... 5-35 5.3.5 Deleting a RAID set ...................................................... 5-36 5.3.6 Resetting disks to Non-RAID ........................................ 5-37 5.3.7 Exiting the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager .................... 5-37 5.4 Global Array Manager ................................................................ 5-38
vi Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.1 RAID driver installation ............................................................... 6-1 6.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk ............................................ 6-1 6.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver ................................ 6-2 6.2 Intel chipset software installation ............................................ 6-1 1 6.3 LAN driver installation ............................................................... 6-14 6.3.1 Windows 2000/Server 2003 .......................................... 6-14 6.3.2 Red Hat/SuSE Linux ..................................................... 6-17 6.4 VGA driver installation ............................................................... 6-18 6.4.1 Windows 2000/Server 2003 .......................................... 6-18 6.5 Management applications and utilities installation ................ 6-21 6.5.1 Running the support CD ............................................... 6-21 6.5.2 Drivers menu ................................................................. 6-21 6.5.3 Management Software menu ........................................ 6-22 6.5.4 Utilities menu ................................................................ 6-22 6.5.5 Contact information ....................................................... 6-22 Appendix: Block diagrams A.1 DSBV -D block diagram ................................................................ A-1 A.2 PHLASH16.EXE and memory managers .................................... A-2 Contents
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturer â s instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîÂÂcations to this unit not expressly appro ved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user âÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical safety ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company . ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately . ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠Avoid dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer .
ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conîÂÂguring the motherboard. How this guide is organized This user guide contains the following parts: ⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technologies it supports. ⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration This chapter provides instructions for setting up, creating, and conîÂÂguring RAID sets using the available utilities. ⢠Chapter 6: Driver installation This chapter provides instructions for installing the necessary drivers for different system components. ⢠Appendix: Reference information This appendix includes additional information that you may refer to when conîÂÂguring the motherboard. Where to îÂÂnd more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. Optional documentation Y our product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty îÂÂyers, that may have been added by your dealer . These documents are not part of the standard package.
x Conventions used in this guide T o make sure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater- than sign means that you must press the enclosed key . Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format A:/S DANGER/W ARNING : Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION : Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
xi DSBV-D speciî¿cations summary (continued on the next page) CPU Chipset Front Side Bus Memory Expansion slots Storage Discrete graphics LAN Dual LGA771 sockets for Intel î Xeon⢠Dual Core processors Supp ort s In tel î Extended Memory 64T echnology (EM64T) Supports Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology (5000 series support H.T .; 5100/5300 series DO NOT support H.T .) MCH : Intel î 5000V ICH : Intel î 6321ESB 1333/1066/667 MHz Dual-channel memory architecture 6 x 240-pin FB-DIMM sockets support registered ECC fully buffered DDR2-533/DDR2-667 memory modules with Advanced Memory Buffer (AMB chip) Supports 256 MB up to 24 GB system memory 1 x PCI Express⢠x16 slot (x8 link) 1 x PCI Express⢠x8 slot (x4 link) 3 x PCI-X 133/100 MHz 1 x PCI 33 MHz/32-bit/5V slot 1 x DDR2 SO-DIMM socket for ASUS server management board 3 series (ASMB3) Intel î 6321ESB supports: - 1 x Ultra DMA 100/66/33 channel - 6 x SA T A II (300 MB/s) - Intel î Matrix Storage with RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, and RAID 5 conîÂÂguration - LSI MegaRAID controller with RAID 0, RAID 1, and RAID 0 1 conîÂÂguration A TI î ES1000 PCI display controller - Supports 32 MB display memory Intel î 82563EB Network Connection (Dual-port) - Supports Intel I/O Acceleration T echnology (IOA T)
xii DSBV-D speciî¿cations summary *SpeciîÂÂcations are subject to change without notice. USB Special features BIOS features Rear panel Internal connectors Power requirement Form factor Support CD contents Intel î 6321ESB supports: - 4 U SB 2 .0 /1 .1 p or ts ( 2 on t h e re ar p an el , 2 on the front panel) ASUS Smart Fan Control ASUS Smart Fan2 Control ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 PHOENIX BIOS, 8 Mb FWH, Green, PnP , DMI, WfM2.0, ACPI 2.0a, SMBIOS 2.3 1 x PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 1 x PS/2 mouse port (green) 2 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x Serial port 1 x VGA port 2 x LAN (RJ-45) ports 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector 6 x Serial A T A connectors 1 x Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) 1 x USB connector (10-1 pin USB34) 1 x Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) 1 x Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUMB1) 1 x Parallel port connector (26-1 pin LPT1) 1 x System panel connector (20-1 pin P ANEL1) 1 x Auxiliary panel connector (20-2 pin AUX-P ANEL1) SSI power connectors (24-pin, 8-pin, and 4-pin) CPU (x2), rear (x2), front (x4), and FB-DIMM (x1) fan connectors SSI power supply (with 24-pin/4-pin/8-pin 12V plugs) for LGA771-socket Intel î Xeon Dual Core processors (Bensley-VS platform) SSI CEB form factor: 12 in x 10.5 in (30.5 cm x 26.7 cm) Device drivers ASUS Update Utility ASUS Server Web-based Management (ASWM) ADOBE Acrobat Reader ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Flash utility under DOS
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS DSBV -D Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Serial number label ...................................................................... 1-1 1.4 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS DSBV -D 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS î DSBV -D motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below . 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . DSBV -D Retail Pack DSBV -D Bulk Pack Cables SA T A Signal Cable 6 -- SA T A Power Cable 3 -- 2-in-1 (IDE&Floppy) Cable Set 1 -- Accessories IO Shield 1 1 CEK Spring 2 2 Application CDs Support CD 1 1 Documentation User Guide 1 1 Packing Qty . 3pcs per Caton 10pcs per Carton 1.3 Serial number label Before requesting support from the ASUS T echnical Support team, you must take note of the motherboardâÂÂs serial number containing 12 characters such as xxM0Axxxxxxx. See the îÂÂgure below . With the correct serial number of the product, ASUS T echnical Support team members can then offer a quicker and satisfying solution to your problems. xxM0Axxxxxxx DSBV -D
1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.4 Special features 1.4.1 Product highlights Latest processor technology The motherboard comes with two LGA-771 sockets that support Dual-Core Intel î Xeon⢠processors with 1333/1066/667 MHz Front Side Bus (FSB). Dual-core processors contain two physical CPU cores to meet demands for more powerful processing. Intel î Xeon⢠processors incorporate the Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology and Extended Memory 64-bit T echnology (EM64T). The EM64T enables the support for 64-bit operation system, such as 64-bit Windows î and Linux. See page 2-9 for details. Intel î 5000V and Intel î 6321ESB chipset The Intel î 5000V Memory Controller Hub (MCH) and the Intel î 6321ESB provide the vital interfaces for the motherboard. The MCH provides the processor , dual-channel FB-DIMM memory support, and PCI Express interfaces. The Intel î 6321ESB is a new generation server class I/O controller hub that provides the interface for PCI 2.3, PCI Express, and PCIX. Intel î EM64T The motherboard supports Intel î processors with the Intel î EM64T (Extended Memory 64 T echnology). The Intel î EM64T feature allows your computer to run on 64-bit operating systems and access larger amounts of system memory for faster and more efîÂÂcient computing. Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) The Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) intelligently manages the CPU resources by automatically adjusting the CPU voltage and core frequency depending on the CPU loading and system speed or power requirement. FB-DIMM memory support This motherboard supports fully buffered DIMMs (FB-DIMMs), the latest memory solution that extends memory capacity and provide high-speed, high-density system memory peformance. FB-DIMMs use Advanced Memory Buffer (AMB) chips that transmit signals between the memory modules and controllers with improved signal integrity and reduced errors. See page 2-14 for details.
ASUS DSBV -D 1-3 PCI Express⢠interface Th e m oth erb oa rd fu lly s up por ts PCI E xp res s, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI or PCI-X speciîÂÂcations. See page 2-22 for details. 82563 LAN solution The motherboard comes with a dual-port 82563EB network co nnection to provide a total solution for your networking needs. See page 2-29 for the location of the LAN ports. See section 2.6 Jumpers for details on Gigabit LAN settings. Serial A T A II technology The mothe rboard suppo rts t he Serial ATA II 3 Gb/s technology through 6321ESB Serial A T A interfaces. The Serial A T A II speciîÂÂcation provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial A T A products with a host of new features, including Native Command Queuing (NCQ), Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm, and Hot Swap. Serial A T A allows thinner , more îÂÂexible cables with lower pin count and reduced voltage requirements. See page 2-31 for details. USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 speciîÂÂcation, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 2-29 and 2-32 for details. T emperature, fan, and voltage monitoring The CPU temperature is monitored by the W83793G chip to prevent overheating and damage. The system fan rotations per minute (RPM) is monitored for timely failure detection. The chip monitors the voltage levels to ensure stable supply of current for critical components. See page 4-29 for details. Intel î IOA T Intel î I/O Acceleration T echnology (IOA T) is an integrated server platform I/O solution that addresses all segments of the server I/O bottleneck problem using TCP/IP without requiring any modiîÂÂcation of existing or future applications. Intel î IOA T is a system-wide solution that increases CPU efîÂÂciency and delivers data to/from applications faster than current server platforms.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.4.2 Innovative ASUS features CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See page 4-3 for details. ASUS Smart Fan technology The ASUS Smart Fan technology smartly adjusts the fan speeds according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efîÂÂcient operation. See page 4-31 for details. ASUS MemCool FB-DIMM Fan Kit (optional) With this optional fan kit, the platform gets optimal performance and the best possible FB-DIMM thermal environment.
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS DSBV-D Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-9 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-14 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-20 2.6 Jumpers ...................................................................................... 2-24 2.7 Switch .......................................................................................... 2-32 2.8 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-33
ASUS DSBV -D 2-1 2.1 Before you proceed T ake note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity . ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply . Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. DSBV-D DSBV -D Onboard LED ON OFF 12V4LED1 A TX12V2 unplugged A TX12V2 plugged ON OFF SB_PWR1 Standby Power Powered Off (red) (green) Onboard LED
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the conîÂÂguration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard îÂÂts into it. T o optimize the motherboard features, we highly recommend that you install it in an SSI EEB 3.61 compliant chassis. 2.2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sur e that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear p art of the chassis as indicated in the image below . 2.2.2 Screw holes Place six (6) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. Make sure to unplug the chassis power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components! Place this side towards the rear of the chassis DSBV-D
ASUS DSBV -D 2-3 2.2.3 Support kits for the motherboard For additional protection from motherboard breakage due to the weight of the CPU heatsinks, your motherboard pa ckage comes with CEK springs th at you can use as weight support. Install the CEK springs before installing the motherboard. T o install the CEK spring: 1. Locate the CPU heatsink holes on the motherboard. 2. Position the CEK spring underneath the motherboard, then match the CEK spring hooks to the CPU1 heatsink holes. Heatsink hole Socket for CPU2 Socket for CPU1 Hook Each CEK spring has four hooks to match the designated holes around the CPU area. If your chassis is SSI EEB 3.61 compliant, we recommend that you use the CEK springs; otherwise, use the support plates kit.
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 4. Press the lower spring clips inward, then insert to the lower CPU heatsink holes until they snap in place. 5. If you installed a second CPU, repeat steps 2 to 4 to install the CEK spring to the CPU2 heatsink holes. The CEK springs appear as shown when installed. CEK spring screw hole 3. Press the upper spring hooks inward, then insert to the upper CPU heatsink holes until they snap in place.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-5 6. Before installing the motherboard into the chassis, locate the standoffs that should match the eight (8) CEK spring screw holes. 8. Secure the motherboard with six (6) screws. Refer to section âÂÂ2.2.2 Screw holesâ for illustration. Make sure that the standoffs perfectly match the CEK spring screw holes; otherwise, you can not install the CPU heatsinks properly . 7. Install the motherboard with the external I/O ports toward the chassis rear panel. The CPU sockets should be right on top of their respective standoffs. Standoffs for CPU1 Standoffs for CPU2 Socket for CPU2 Socket for CPU1
2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 Motherboard layouts DSBV -D 8Mb FWH KBPWR1 A TXPWR1 FLOPPY1 A TI ES1000 BUZZER1 COM2 Super I/O CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power PANEL1 PS/2 T : Mouse B: Keyboard USB1 USB2 RJ-45 (LAN1) A TX12V1 CPU_FAN1 Intel î 6321ESB PSUSMB1 BPSMB1 AUX_PANEL1 HDLED1 USB34 USBPW34 LAN_BW1 LPT1 USBPW12 DSBV-D ASMB3 Intel î 5000V PCIE1 FB-DIMM_00 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) 26.7cm (10.5in) 30.5cm (12in) COM1 VGA1 PCIE2 PCIX5 PCIX4 PCI3 PCIX6 REAR_F AN2 A TX12V2 PRI_IDE1 FRNT_F AN2 SAT A 2 SAT A1 SGIOP1 RECOVERY1 VGA_EN1 LAN_EN1 DIP_SW1 RJ-45 (LAN2) FB-DIMM_01 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) FB-DIMM_02 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) FB-DIMM_10 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) FB-DIMM_1 1 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) FB-DIMM_12 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) CPU1 CPU2 FRNT_FAN1 FRNT_FAN4 FRNT_F AN3 CPU_F AN2 REAR_FAN1 CLRTC1 FBD_FAN1 RAID_SEL1 SAT A4 SAT A 3 SAT A 6 SAT A 5 Intel î 82563EB 12V4LED1 SB_PWR1
ASUS DSBV -D 2-7 2.2.5 Layout contents Slots/Sockets Page 1. CPU sockets 2-9 2. FB-DIMM sockets 2-14 3. PCI-X slots 2-22 4. DDR2 SODIMM socket 2-22 5. PCI Express x8 slot 2-23 6. PCI Express x16 slot 2-23 Jumpers Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLR TC1) 2-24 2. LAN bandwidth setting (3-pin LAN_BW1) 2-25 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34) 2-25 4. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) 2-26 5. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_EN1) 2-26 6. LAN controller setting (3-pin LAN1_EN1) 2-27 7. Intel î 6321ESB SA T A port S/W RAID setting (3-pin RAID_SEL1) 2-27 8. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVERY1) 2-28 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-29 2. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-29 3. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-29 4. Serial (COM1) port 2-29 5. Video Graphics Adapter port 2-29 6. LAN (RJ-45) ports 2-29 Switch Page 1. DIP switches (DIP_SW1) 2-33
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY1) 2-30 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-30 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1, SA T A2, SA T A3, 2-31 SA T A4, SA T A5, SA T A6 ) 4. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) 2-31 5. USB connector (10-1 pin USB34) 2-32 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) 2-32 7. CPU and system fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN1/2, 2-33 REAR_F AN1/2, FRNT_F AN1/2/3/4, FBD_F AN1) 8. Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) 2-33 9. SSI po wer con nec tor s ( 24- pi n A TXPW R1, 8-pin A TX12V1, 2-34 4-pin A TX12V2) 10. Parallel port connector (26-1 pin LPT1) 2-35 1 1. Backplane SMBus co nne cto r (6-1 pin BPSMB1) 2-35 12. Serial General Purpose Input/Output connector 2-36 13. System panel connector (20-1 pin P ANEL1) 2-40 14. System panel auxiliary connector (20-2 pin AUX_P ANEL1) 2-38
ASUS DSBV -D 2-9 2.3.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA771 socket designed for the Intel î Xeon î Dual Core processor . Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. ⢠Y our boxed Intel î Xeon î LGA771 processor package should come with installation instructions for the CPU and heatsink. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter . ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA771 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/ incorrect removal of the PnP cap. DSBV-D DSBV -D CPU LGA771 CPU1 CPU2
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and foreîÂÂnger to a 100ú angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). T o prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 5. Position the CPU over the soc ket, making s ure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket. The socket alignment key should îÂÂt into the CPU notch. Alignment key Gold triangle mark Load plate A B 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Load lever This side of the socket box should face you. PnP cap A B
ASUS DSBV -D 2-1 1 Notes on Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ⢠This motherboard supports Intel î Xeon⢠CPUs in the 771-land package with Hyper-Threading T echnology . ⢠Hyper-Threading T echnology is supported by Intel î 5000 series CPU only . 5100/5300 series DO NOT support Hyper-Threading. ⢠Hyper-Threading T echnology is supported under Windows î XP/2003 Server and Linux 2.4.x (kernel) and later versions only . Under Linux, use the Hyper-Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠In sta llin g W ind ows î 2003 Server or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading T echnology , visit www.intel. com/info/hyperthreading. T o use the Hyper-Threading T echnology on this motherboard: 1. Install an Intel î Xeon⢠CPU that supports Hyper-Threading T echnology . 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup (see Chapter 4: BIOS setup). Under the Advanced Menu, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading T echnology is set to Enabled. The item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading T echnology . 3. Reboot the computer . The CPU îÂÂts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. A B
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information The Intel î Xeon⢠processors require an Intel certiîÂÂed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. When you buy a boxed Intel CPU, the package includes the heatsink, fan, retention brackets, screws, thermal grease, installation manual, and other items that are necessary for CPU installation. 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan ⢠Make sure that you have applied the thermal grease to the top of the CPU before installing the heatsink and fan. ⢠Refer to the installation manual that came with the CPU package for details on heatsink/fan assembly and installation. T o install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four screws on the heatsink align with the nuts on the support plate. CPU heatsink (top view) CPU heatsink (bottom view) Heatsink screw Before installing the CPU heatsinks, ensure that the jumpers DIP_SW1 are set correctly depending on the pin deîÂÂnition of your CPU fan cables. Refer to page 2-19 for information on these jumpers.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-13 Do not forget to connect the CPU fan cable! Hardware monitoring errors may occur if you fail to plug this connector . 2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten the four heatsink screws in a diagonal sequence. 3. Connect the fan cable to the 4-pin connector labeled CPU_F AN1. 4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 to install the other heatsink if you have installed a second CPU, then connect the fan cable to the 4-pin connector labeled CPU_F AN2. CPU_F AN1 connector
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with six fully-buffered DIMM (FB-DIMM) sockets to support 240-pin FB-DIMM modules. An FB-DIMM module has a different pin-out from DDR2 DIMMs so you cannot install DDR2 DIMMs on an FB-DIMM socket. Note that an FB-DIMM socket has an Advanced Memory Buffer (AMB) chip that allows memory-to-CPU connection at gigabit speed. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the FB-DIMM sockets: 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations Y ou may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB, and 4 GB registered ECC FB-DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. ⢠For optimum compatibility , we recommend that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . Refer to the QualiîÂÂed V endors List on the ASUS web site. ⢠This motherboard does not support memory modules made up of 128 Mb chips or double-rank x16 memory modules. ⢠If you are installing only one memory module, install into the white socket labeled DIMM_00. Installing into any other socket will not work. DSBV-D DSBV -D 240-pin FB-DIMM sockets FB-DIMM_01 FB-DIMM_00 1 12 Pins 128 Pins FB-DIMM_10 FB-DIMM_02 FB-DIMM_12 FB-DIMM_11
ASUS DSBV -D 2-15 Rank population DIMM 12 DIMM 1 1 DIMM 10 DIMM 02 DIMM 01 DIMM 00 Channel Slot 0 Slot 1 Ch:0 Slot 2 Slot 0 Slot 1 Slot 2 Ch:1 MCH DIMM installation reference table ⢠DIMMs in pair means two DIMMs with the same conîÂÂguration. ⢠For better performance, same conîÂÂguration DIMMs should be installed on the same slot number for each channel. For example, you may install the same type of DIMMs in DIMM_00, and DIMM_10. No. of DIMMs Slot/s to use 1 DIMM_00 2 DIMM_00, DIMM_10 4 DIMM_00, DIMM_01, DIMM_10, DIMM_1 1 6 DIMM_00, DIMM_01, DIMM_02, DIMM_10, DIMM_1 1, DIMM_12
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.3 Memory sparing technology The Intel î 5000V chipset supports the memory sparing technology . Refer to the below sections: Memory Sparing : At conîÂÂguration time, a DIMM rank is set aside to replace a defective DIMM rank. When the error rate for a failing DIMM rank reaches a pre-determined threshold, the memory sparing function will issue an interrupt and initiate a spare copy . At the completion of the copy , the failing DIMM rank is disabled and the âÂÂsparedâ DIMM rank will be used in its place. Refer to 4.4.2 Chipset ConîÂÂguration and conîÂÂgure the options of Branch 0 Rank Sparing to enable the memory sparing functions. And the default BIOS setting is disabled. ⢠The DIMM rank with the largest size will be assigned as spare rank. Data can only be copied from a smaller sized rank to a larger sized one. ⢠A DIMM can contain only one or two ranks. T o support sparing function, a DIMM channel should contain at least two ranks. ⢠When sparing function is enabled, the usable memory size will reduce then size of the spare ranks. Channel 0 Channel 1 DIMM_00 (2048MB/2 Ranks) DIMM_10 (2048MB/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Sparing V V Memory space 1024 MB 1024 MB T otal Memory 2048 MB The following tables show memory conîÂÂgurrations with Memory Sparing function in Branch 0. One DIMM per channel (Dual ranks)
ASUS DSBV -D 2-17 Channel 0 Channel 1 DIMM_00 (1024MB/2 Ranks) DIMM_10 (1024MB/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 1 (512 MB) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 1 (512 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_01 (2048MB/2 Ranks) DIMM_1 1 (2048MB/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Sparing V V Memory space 1024 MB 1024 MB T otal Memory 4096 MB T wo DIMM per channel (Dual ranks) Channel 0 Channel 1 DIMM_00 (512MB/1 Ranks) DIMM_10 (512MB/1 Ranks) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 0 (512 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_01 (1024MB/1 Ranks) DIMM_1 1 (1024MB/1 Ranks) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Sparing V V Memory space T otal Memory 1024 MB T wo DIMM per channel (Single rank)
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information Three DIMMs per channel (Dual ranks) Channel 0 Channel 1 DIMM_00 (1024/2 Ranks) DIMM_10 (1024/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_01 (1024MB/2 Ranks) DIMM_1 1 (1024MB/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 1 (512 MB) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 1 (512 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_02 (2048MB/2 Ranks) DIMM_12 (2048MB/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Sparing V V Memory space 1024 MB 1024 MB T otal Memory 6144 MB Three DIMMs per channel (Single ranks) Channel 0 Channel 1 DIMM_00 (512MB/1 Rank) DIMM_10 (512MB/1 Rank) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 0 (512 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_01 (1024MB/1 Rank) DIMM_1 1 (1024MB/1 Rank) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 0 (512 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_02 (1024MB/1 Rank) DIMM_12 (1024MB/1 Rank) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Sparing V V Memory space T otal Memory 2048 MB
ASUS DSBV -D 2-19 2.4.4 Installing a DIMM Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. T o install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.5 Removing a DIMM T o remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A FB-DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îÂÂts in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠Thesockets do not support DDR/DDR2 DIMMs. DO NOT install DDR/DDR2 DIMMs to the FB-DIMM sockets. Support the DIMM lightl y with your îÂÂngers when pressing the reta ining cl ips. The DIMM might get damaged when it îÂÂips out with extra force. 3 1 1 FB-DIMM notch 2 2 1 1
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information The FB-DIMMs generate heat during continued operation. T o ensure optimum thermal condition and performance, install the optional MemCool FB-DIMM fan. T o install the optional FB-DIMM fan: 1. Locate the three FB-DIMM fan holes on the motherboard. 2.4.6 Installing the optional MemCool FB-DIMM fan 2. Disengage the fan top cover from the fan base. Y ou can do this by îÂÂrmly gripping the top cover by the clamps to release the hooks, then pull up the top cover carefully until it separates from the fan base. T op cover hook T op cover clamp Fan base Do not remove the fan from the fan base. 3. Position the fan base over the DIMMs, and insert the fan base legs into the FB-DIMM holes until the legs are securely in place. ⢠For instructional purposes only , no FB-DIMM is installed on any of the slots. ⢠For 2U or above models, we suggest you to install MemCool FB-DIMM fan for better cooling effect and system performance.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-21 5. Connect the fan cable to the black 4-pin connector labeled FBD_F AN1. 4. Position top cover over the fan base. Insert the top cover legs into the slot on the fan base legs. Push down carefully until the legs are securely in place and the top cover hooks snap in place. Make sure the cables pass through the notch on the fan base as shown.
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.7 Uninstalling the optional MemCool FB-DIMM fan 1. Unplug the fan cable. 2. Grip the top cover clamps until the top cover hooks are released, then carefully lift the top cover while supporting the fan base with your free hand. T op cover clamp 3. Carefully lift the fan base.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-23 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press îÂÂrmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier . 6. Replace the system cover . 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, conîÂÂgure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. T urn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any . See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conîÂÂicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable.
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ Priority Standard Function 0 1 System T imer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Re-direct to IRQ#9 3 1 1 Communications Port (COM2)* 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real T ime Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 1 1 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-25 2.5.5 DDR2 SODIMM socket The DDR2 SODIMM socket on the motherboard supports an ASUS î Server Management Board 3 Series (ASMB3). SODIMM socket 2.5.4 PCI-X slots The PCI-X slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI 2.3 and PCI-X 1.0 speciîÂÂcations. PCI-X slot
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.6 PCI Express x8 slot (x4 link) The onboard PCI Express x8 slot provides x4 link to the ESB. This slot is designed for various server class high performance I/O add-on cards like SCSI RAID card, îÂÂber-channel card, etc. PCI Express x8 slot 2.5.7 PCI Express x16 slot (x8 link) This motherboard supports PCI Express I/O cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. PCI Express x16 slot
ASUS DSBV -D 2-27 Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLR TC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! 2.6 Jumpers 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC1) This jumper allows you to clear the Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and s ystem setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. T urn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery . 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery . 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. DSBV-D DSBV -D Clear RTC RAM CLRTC1 Normal (Default) Clear CMOS 1 2 2 3
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34) Set these jump ers to 5V to w ake up the com puter from S1 s leep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S4 sleep mode (no power to CPU, DRAM in slow refresh, power supply in reduced power mode). ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system will not power up. ⢠If you are using Windows î 2000, you need to install Service Pack 4 to wake up the system from S4 sleep mode. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. 2. LAN bandwidth setting (3-pin LAN_BW1) This jumper allows you to set the LAN bandwidth setting for more efîÂÂcient IP load distribution. DSBV-D DSBV -D LAN bandwidth setting LAN_BW1 Balanc ed mode (Default) Centric mode 2 3 1 2 DSBV-D DSBV -D USB device wake up USBPW12 (Default) 5V 5VSB 3 2 2 1 USBPW34 (Default) 5V 5VSB 3 2 2 1
ASUS DSBV -D 2-29 4. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar). This feature requires an A TX power supply that can supply at least 1A on the 5VSB lead, and a corresponding setting in the BIOS. 5. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_EN1) These jumpers allow you to enable or disable the onboard VGA controller . Set to pins 1-2 to activate the VGA feature. DSBV-D DSBV -D Keyboard power setting KBPWR1 (Default) 5V 5VSB 3 2 2 1 DSBV-D DSBV -D VGA setting VGA_EN1 1 2 2 3 Enable (Default) Disable
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. LAN controller setting (3-pin LAN_EN1) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the onboard Intel î 6321 Gigabit LAN controller . Set to pins 1-2 to activate the Gigabit LAN feature. 7. Intel î 6321ESB SA T A port S/W RAID setting (3-pin RAID_SEL1) This jumper allows you to select the Serial A T A RAID conîÂÂguration utility to use when you create disk arrays. Both utilities are supported by the Intel î 6321ESB. Place the jumper caps on pins 1-2 if you want to use the LSI MegaRAID Serial A T A RAID utility (default); otherwise, place the jumper caps on pins 2-3 to use the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager (IMSM). DSBV-D DSBV -D LAN1_EN setting LAN1_EN1 1 2 2 3 Enable (Default) Disable DSBV-D DSBV -D 6321ESB SA T A port S/W RAID setting RAID_SEL1 3rd party RAID (Intel î IMSM) 3rd party RAID (LSI MegaRAID) (Default) 1 2 2 3
ASUS DSBV -D 2-31 8. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVER Y1) This jumper allows you to quickly update or recover the BIOS settings when it becomes corrupted. T o update the BIOS: 1. Prepare a îÂÂoppy disk that contains the latest BIOS for the motherboard and the Phoenix Phlash16 utility . Make sure you download the correct BIOS for your motherboard model. 2. Set the jumper to pins 2-3. 3. Insert the îÂÂoppy disk then turn on the system to update the BIOS. 4. Shut down the system. 5. Set the jumper back to pins 1-2. 6. T urn on the system. DSBV-D DSBV -D BIOS recovery setting RECOVERY1 (Default) Normal BIOS Recovery 1 2 2 3
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information DSBV-D DSBV -D DIP switches DIP_SW1 ON:4-PIN F AN OFF:3-PIN F AN SW1:CPU_F AN1 SW2:CPU_F AN2 SW3:FRNT_F AN1 SW4:FRNT_F AN2 SW5:FRNT_F AN3 SW6:FRNT_F AN4 SW7:REAR_F AN1 SW8:REAR_F AN2 ON(Default) OFF ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1. DIP switches (DIP_SW1) This switch allows you to set up the fan connections. Set the switch to ON if you are using a 4-pin fan (PWM fan) cable plug, or to OFF if you are using a 3-pin (PC fan) plug. 2.7 Switch The following table shows the corresponding switch for each fan connector . Switch Fan connector 1 CPU_F AN1 2 CPU_F AN2 3 FRNT_F AN1 4 FRNT_F AN2 5 FRNT_F AN3 6 FRNT_F AN4 7 REAR_F AN1 8 REAR_F AN2 ⢠If you use a 4-pin fan but set the DIP switch for a 3-pin fan, the fan you installed may not work. ⢠If you use a 3-pin fan but set the DIP switch for a 4-pin fan, the fan controll will not work and the fan you installed will always run at full speed.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-33 2.8 Connectors 2.8.1 Rear panel connectors LAN port LED indications ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1000 Mbps connection LAN port SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED 4. Serial (COM1) port. This 9-pin communication port is for pointing devices or other serial devices. 5. Video Graphics Adapter port. This port is for a VGA monitor or other VGA- compatible devices. 6. LAN (RJ-45) ports. These ports allow Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 3. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 1 2 3 6 4 5
2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) This connector is for an Ultra DMA 100/66 signal cable. The Ultra DMA 100/66 signal cable has three connectors: a blue connector for the primary IDE connector on the motherboard, a black connector for an Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE slave device (optical drive/hard disk drive), and a gray connector for an Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE master device (hard disk drive). If you install two hard disk drives, you must conîÂÂgure the second drive as a slave device by setting its jumper accordingly . Refer to the hard disk documentation for the jumper settings. 2.8.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY1) This connector is for the provided îÂÂoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector , then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector . This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. DSBV-D NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY1 DSBV -D Floppy disk drive connector DSBV-D DSBV -D IDE connector PRI_IDE1 P IN 1 NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-35 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1, SA T A2, SA T A3, SA T A4, SA T A5, SA T A6 ) These connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A hard disk drives. 4. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) This connector is used to connect to a hard disk drive active LED connector on the SCSI or RAID card. DSBV-D SA T A 2 SA T A1 DSBV -D SA T A connectors SA T A4 SA T A3 SA T A 6 SA T A5 GN D RS AT A_ TXP1 RS AT A_ TXN1 GN D RS AT A_ RXN1 RS AT A_ RXP1 GN D GN D RS AT A _ TXP2 RS AT A _ TXN2 GN D RS AT A_ RXN2 RS AT A_ RXP2 GN D GN D RS AT A_ TXP3 RS AT A _ TXN3 GN D RS AT A_ RXN3 RS AT A_ RXP3 GN D GN D RS AT A_ TXP4 RS AT A_ TXN4 GN D RS AT A_ RXN4 RS AT A_ RXP4 GN D GN D RS AT A_ TXP5 RS AT A _ TXN5 GN D RS AT A_ RXN5 RS AT A_ RXP5 GN D GN D RS AT A _ TXP6 RS AT A _ TXN6 GN D RS AT A_ RXN6 RS AT A_ RXP6 GN D DSBV-D DSBV -D storage card activity LED connector HDLED1 PIN1 ADD_IN_CARD- NC NC ADD_IN_CARD-
2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The serial port module is purchased separately . 5. USB connector (10-1 pin USB34) This connector is for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. This USB connector complies with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. The USB port module is purchased separately . DSBV-D DSBV -D USB connector USB34 Power PIN1 USB PortA(-) USB PortA( ) GND Power USB PortB(-) USB PortB( ) GND NC DSBV-D DSBV -D Serial port connectors PIN1 COM2
ASUS DSBV -D 2-37 7. CPU and system fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN1/2, REAR_F AN1/2, FRNT_F AN1/2/3/4, FBD_F AN1) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350 mA ~ 740 mA (8.88 W max.) or a total of 2.1 A ~ 4.44 A (53.28 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. InsufîÂÂcient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! 8. Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) This connector is for the power supply SMB cable, if your power supply supports the SMBus function. DSBV-D DSBV -D Fan connectors CPU_FAN1 CPU_F AN2 REAR_FAN1 REAR_F AN2 FRNT_FAN1 FRNT_F AN2 FRNT_F AN3 FRNT_FAN4 FBD_FAN1 CPU_F AN1 CPU_F AN2 GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control REAR_F AN1 REAR_F AN2 GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control FRNT_F AN1 FRNT_F AN2 FRNT_F AN3 FRNT_F AN4 FBD_F AN1 GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control DSBV-D DSBV -D Power supply SMBus connector PSUSMB1 3.3V Remote Sense GND NC I2CDA T I2CCLK
2-38 Chapter 2: Hardware information 9. SSI power connectors (24-pin A TXPWR1, 8-pin A TX12V1, 4-pin A TX12V2) These connectors are for SSI power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to îÂÂt these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îÂÂrmly until the connectors completely îÂÂt. ⢠For a fully conîÂÂgured system, we recommend that you use an SSI 12 V -compliant power supply unit (PSU) for LGA771-socket Intel î Xeon Dual Core processors (Bensley platform). ⢠Do not forget to conne ct the 24 8 4-pin power plugs; otherwise, th e system will not boot up. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output i s recommended when con îÂÂguring a system with more power consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠Y ou must install a PSU with a higher power rating if you intend to install additional devices. DSBV-D DSBV -D A TX power connectors 8-PIN GND 12V1 GND 12V1 GND 12V2 GND 12V2 24-PIN Power Connector A TXPWR1 A TX12V1 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 4-PIN A TX12V2 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground
ASUS DSBV -D 2-39 10. Parallel port c onn ect or (2 6-1 pin LPT1) This connector is for a parallel port. Connect the parallel port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. DSBV-D DSBV -D Parallel port connector LPT1 SPD7 GND SPD6 GND SPD5 GND SPD4 GND SLCT PE GND BUSY ACK# GND SPD3 GND SPD2 SLIN# SPD1 PINIT# SPD0 ERROR# STB# AFD# GND PIN1 1 1. Backplane SMBus co nne cto r (7-1 pin BPSMB1) This connector allows you to connect SMBus (System Management Bus) devices. Devices communicate with an SMBus host and/or other SMBus devices using the SMBus interface. DSBV-D DSBV -D BPSMB connector BPSMB1 PIN1 12CDA T P2 GND F AN_PWM 5V I2CCLK P2 F AN_DC1
2-40 Chapter 2: Hardware information 12. Serial General Purpose Input/Output connector (6-1 pin SGPIO1) This connector is used to the SGPIO peripherals for the LSI MegaRAID SA T A LED. DSBV-D DSBV -D SGPIO connector SGPIO1 PIN1 GND SA T A_SCLK SA T A_SLOAD SDA T AOUT1 SDA T AOUT0 13. System panel connector (20-1 pin P ANEL1) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The system panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. DSBV-D DSBV -D System panel connector P ANEL1 MLED- GND NC POWERBTN# 5V GND GND NC POWERLED IDELED NC IDELED- POWERLED- MLED NMIBTN# GND RESETBTN# SPKROUT GND
ASUS DSBV -D 2-41 ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (Y ellow 2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power . ⢠Message button (Brown 2-pin MLED) This 2-pin co nnector is f or the message LED which indicates t he booting status. The LED blinks when the system is in the booting process until the operating system is loaded. Connect the message LED cable to this connector . ⢠Non-Masked Interrupt button (Light blue 2-pin MNIBTN) This 2-pin connector is for the non-masked interrupt initiation.
2-42 Chapter 2: Hardware information 14. System panel auxiliary connector (20-2 pin AUX_P ANEL1) This connector is for additional front panel features including fro nt panel SMB, locator LED and switch, chassis intrusion, and LAN LEDs. DSBV-D DSBV -D System panel auxiliary connector AUX_P ANEL1 I2C_4_D A TA # LOCA T ORLED1 5VSB LOCA TORLED1- LAN1_LINK LOCA T ORBTN# LAN1_ACT GND 5VSB I2C_4_CLK# GND GND LAN2_ACT LOCA T ORLED2- LAN2_LINK LOCA T ORLED2 CASEOPEN PIN1 NC 1 2 2 5 4 3 4 1 Front panel SMB (6-1 pin FPSMB) These leads connect the front panel SMBus cable. 2 LAN activity LED (2-pin LAN1_LINKACTLED, LAN2_LINKACTLED) These leads are for Gigabit LAN activity LEDs on the front panel. Connect the LAN Activity LED cables to these connectors. The LEDs blink during a network activity and are always lit when linked. 3 Chassis intrusion (4-1 pin CHASSIS) These leads are for the intrusion detection feature for chassis with intrusion sensor or microswitch. When you remove any chassis component, the sensor triggers and sends a high-level signal to these leads to record a chassis intrusion event. 4 Locator LED (2-pin LOCA TORLED1 and 2-pin LOCA TORLED2) These leads are for the locator LED1 and LED2 on the front panel. Connect the Locator LED cables to these 2-pin connector . The LEDs will light up when the Locator button is pressed. 5 Locator Button/Swich (2-pin LOCA TORBTN) These leads are for the locator button on the front panel. This button queries the state of the system locator .
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS DSBV -D Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2
ASUS DSBV -D 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the î¿rst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector . 5. T urn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. System power 6. After applying power , the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems withA TX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the A TX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST . While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you tu rned on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. Phoenix BIOS beep codes Beep Description Error Endless beep Memory module missing One continuous beep followed by VGA controller failure short beeps T wo short beeps PCI resource assignment error 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Turning off the computer 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î 2000/2003: 1. Click the Start button then click Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start button then select T urn Off Computer . 2. Click the T urn Off button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
Chapter summary 4 ASUS DSBV -D 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-8 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-12 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-18 4.5 Server menu ............................................................................... 4-38 4.6 Security menu ............................................................................ 4-41 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-43 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-45
ASUS DSBV -D 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup: 1. Phoenix Phlash16 BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.) 2. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (T o recover the BIOS using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk when the BIOS îÂÂle fails or gets corrupted.) 3. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. 4.1.1 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. b. Click Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File from the menu, then select Format. A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options îÂÂeld, then click Start. Windows î 2000 environment T o create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or Phoenix Phlash16 BIOS utilities. Refer to page 4-3 for details.
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Do not turn off or reset the system during the îÂÂashing process! c. Click Start, then select Run. d. From the Open îÂÂeld, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk. 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS using the Phoenix Phlash16 Utility The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the Phoenix Phlash16 Utility . Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility . 1. Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS web site. Rename the îÂÂle to BIOS.WPH. Save the îÂÂle to a îÂÂoppy disk. Make sure you copy the correct BIOS îÂÂle for the speciîÂÂc model of your motherboard. Save only the updated BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS îÂÂle. 2. Copy the Phoenix Phlash16 (phlash16.exe) utility from the Software folder of the support CD to the îÂÂoppy disk with the latest BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable îÂÂoppy disk you created earlier . 4. When the A:> appears, replace the bootable îÂÂoppy disk with the îÂÂoppy disk containing the new BIOS îÂÂle and the Phoenix Phlash16 Utility . 5. At the prompt, type the following command string: phlash16 /mode=3 BIOS. WPH. 6. The Phoenix Phlash16 Utility automatically updates the BIOS. 7. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Make sure you remove the îÂÂoppy disk from the drive
ASUS DSBV -D 4-3 4.1.3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS îÂÂle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Y ou can update a corrupted BIOS îÂÂle using a îÂÂoppy disk. Prepare a îÂÂoppy disk before using this utility . Recovering the BIOS from a îÂÂoppy disk T o recover the BIOS from a îÂÂoppy disk: 1. Insert the motherboard îÂÂoppy disk to a PC, then boot from the support CD; the screen will show several optional items. 2. Select the item â Create the emergent BIOS Recovery disketteâÂÂ. 3. After the îÂÂoppy disk is created, put this disk in the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then turn on the machine. 4. The utility displays the following messa ge and automatically c hecks the îÂÂoppy for the recovery information. A) FreeDOS command prompt B) Create INTEL 6321 MATRIX STORAGE MANAGER for Windows 32 bit Driver Disk. (Also support AHCI.) C) Create INTEL 6321 MATRIX STORAGE MANAGER for Windows 64 bit Driver Disk. (Also support AHCI.) D) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for Win2k Driver Disk E) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for WinXP/Win2k3 32 bit Driver Disk F) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for WinXP/Win2k3 64 bit Driver Disk G) Create the emergent BIOS Recovery diskette H)î îÂÂîÂÂESB2îÂÂASFîÂÂî¿rmwareîÂÂupdate Please choose A TO H: 5. When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. RN50 DDR1 A21 BIOS
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Phoenix Phlash16 Utility Version 1.6.1.9 Copyright (c) Phoenix Technologies Ltd., 2005 Performing the following function Load Image File BIOS.WPH Verify interface information Backup system BIOS ROM î CheckîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂmemoryîÂÂtype(s) Flash memory block: Save block Restore block .......................... Zero out block .......................... î î EraseîÂÂblockîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂ. î î ProgramîÂÂblockîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ.âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ î î VerifyîÂÂblockîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ.âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Flash programming complete 6. When the utility completes the updating process, a message appears, informing you that the îÂÂash memory has been programmed successfully . Phoenix Phlash16 Status Flash memory has been successfully programmed PRESS ANY KEY TO RESTART THE SYSTEM If the system does not restart TURN THE POWER OFF, THEN ON Flash part: SST49LF008A DeviceID: 5a Mfr.ID: bf Ready to restart the system 00:00:00 (1E) DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Phoenix Phlash16 Utility Version 1.6.1.9 Copyright (c) Phoenix Technologies Ltd., 2005 Performing the following function Load Image File BIOS.WPH Verify interface information Backup system BIOS ROM î CheckîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂmemoryîÂÂtype(s) Flash memory block: Save block Restore block Zero out block Erase block Program block Verify block Flash programming complete 30% Read in IdentifyingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂmemoryîÂÂpartîÂÂtype 00:00:00 (18)
ASUS DSBV -D 4-5 Installing ASUS Update T o install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.4 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility i s available in the support CD that comes wit h the motherbo ard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility . The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle. 7. Press the power button for more than four seconds to turn off the system.
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet T o update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-7 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window , then click Save. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîÂÂguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the îÂÂrst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.8 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-9 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîÂÂguration Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Server For changing the advanced server settings Security For changing the security settings Boot For changing the system boot conîÂÂguration Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp <Tab>, <Shift Tab>, or <Enter>îÂÂselectsîÂÂî¿eld. System Date [04/19/2006] System Time [15 : 30 : 36] Floppy A [1.44/1.25 MB 3 1/2 âÂÂ] î IDEîÂÂConî¿gurationîÂÂî IDE Channel 0 Master [None] IDE Channel 0 Slave [None] SATA Port 1 [None] SATA Port 2 [None] SATA Port 3 [None] SATA Port 4 [None] System Information Legend bar General help Menu bar Sub-menu items ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conîÂÂgurable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window .â 4.2.3 Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar . The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Function <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F9> Loads setup default values <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between îÂÂelds Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted îÂÂeld <F10> Saves changes and exit
ASUS DSBV -D 4-1 1 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. 4.2.8 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief de scription of the selected it em. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp <Tab>, <Shift Tab>, or <Enter>îÂÂselectsîÂÂî¿eld. System Date [04/19/2006] System Time [15 : 30 : 36] Floppy A [1.44/1.25 MB 3 1/2 âÂÂ] î IDEîÂÂConî¿gurationîÂÂî IDE Channel 0 Master [None] IDE Channel 0 Slave [None] SATA Port 1 [None] SATA Port 2 [None] SATA Port 3 [None] SATA Port 4 [None] System Information Pop-up menu Disabled 360 Kb 5 1/4 â 1.2 MB 5 1/4 â 720 Kb 3 1/2 â 1.44/1.25 MB 3 1/2 â 2.88 MB 3 1/2 âÂÂ
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 4.3.1 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.2 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.3 Floppy A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [360 Kb 5 1/4âÂÂ] [1.2 MB 5 1/4âÂÂ] [720 Kb 3 1/2â ] [1.44/1.25 MB 3 1/2âÂÂ] [2.88 MB 3 1/2âÂÂ] Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp <Tab>, <Shift-Tab>, or <Enter>îÂÂselectsîÂÂî¿eld. System Date [06/16/2006] System Time [15 : 30 : 36] Floppy A [1.44/1.25 MB 3 1/2 âÂÂ] î IDEîÂÂConî¿gurationîÂÂî IDE Channel 0 Master [None] IDE Channel 0 Slave [None] SATA Port 1 [None] SATA Port 2 [None] SATA Port 3 [None] SATA Port 4 [None] System Information
ASUS DSBV -D 4-13 4.3.4 IDE ConîÂÂguration F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Write protects boot sector on hard disk to protect against viruses. IDEîÂÂConî¿guration Fixed disk boot sector: [Normal] î S-ATAîÂÂConî¿guration Fixed disk boot sector [Normal] Setting this item to [Write Protect] prevents write access to the boot sector on the hard disk to protect against viruses. The defaul setting [Normal] allows write access. ConîÂÂguration options: [Normal] [Write Protect] S-A T A ConîÂÂguration F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Enable the PATA S-ATAîÂÂConî¿guration Parallel ATA [Enabled] Serial ATA [Enabled] SATA Controller Mode Option [Enhanced] SATA RAID Enable [Disabled] SATA AHCI Enable [Disabled] Parallel A T A [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the parallel A T A function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Serial A T A [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Serial A T A function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A Controller Mode Option [Enhanced] Allows selection of the Seri al A T A operation mode depending on the operating system (OS) that you installed. When you set this item to Enhanced Mode, Serial A T A and Parallel A T A devices are auto-detected and placed in native IDE mode. Set to Enhanced Mode if you are using native OS, such as Windows î 2000/XP . When you set this item to Compatible Mode, Serial A T A and Parallel A T A devices are auto-detected and placed in legacy mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Compatible] [Enhanced] The following items appear only if you set the SA T A Controller Mode Option item to [Enhanced]. SA T A RAID Enable [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Serial A T A RAID function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A AHCI Enable [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Serial A T A AHCI function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ⢠AHCI mode item will support only under Windows environment. ⢠Due to the driver limitation, you will not îÂÂnd any SA T A driver if you install Fedora core 4.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-15 4.3.5 IDE Channel 0 Master/Slave; SA T A Port 1/2/3/4 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp IDE Channel 0 Master Type: [Auto] Multi-Sector Transfers [Disabled] LBA Mode Control [Disabled] 32 Bit I/O [Disabled] Transfer Mode [Standard] Ultra DMA Mode [Disabled] T ype [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to Auto allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CD-ROM] if you are speciîÂÂcally conîÂÂguring a CD-ROM drive. Select [A T API Removable] if your device is either a ZIP , LS-120, or MO drive. Select [User] to manually enter the parameters of the device. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [User] [Other A T API] [IDE Removable] [CD-ROM] [A T API Removable] ⢠Except for 32 Bit I/O item, the following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when the T ype item is not set to [Auto]. ⢠For items that have no sub-menu, you have to use -/ for values changing. Multi-Sector T ransfers [Disabled] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to 2~16 Sectors, the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [2 Sectors] [4 Sectors] [8 Sectors] [16 Sectors]r LBA Mode Control [Disabled] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to Enabled enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 32 Bit I/O [Disabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Auto = Autotying. None = Disabling drive. ATAPI Removable = ATAPI media (e.g., LS120, USB Floppy, USB Zip). CD-ROM = CD-ROM drive. IDE Removable = IDE removable media (e.g., IDE Zip drive). Other ATAPI = Other ATAPI media. User = You supply the hard disk drive type.
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup T ransfer Mode [Stadard] Allows you to select the mothod for the data transferring if the hard disk supports this feature. ConîÂÂgur ation op tions: [Standa rd] [Fa st PIO 1] [Fast PIO 2] [Fast PIO 3] [Fast P IO 4] [FPIO 3 / DMA 1] [FPIO 4 / DMA2] Ultra DMA Mode [Disabled] When this item is set to [Mode 0-5], the UDMA capability allows improved transfer speeds and data integrity for supported IDE devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] [Mode 5] 4.3.6 System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system speciîÂÂcations. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp The detailed information for CPUs System Information Model Name DSBV-D Model ID 8032A0 ASUS-BIOS Version 1004 Date 11/15/2006 Processor Information System Memory Information Model Name/Model ID Displays the ASUS internal model information. ASUS BIOS Displays the BIOS revision and build date. The items in this menu are non-user conîÂÂgurable.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-17 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp All items on this menu cannotîÂÂbeîÂÂmodiî¿edîÂÂinîÂÂuserî mode. If any items require changes, please consult your system Supervisor. Processor Information *** CPU1 : Brand Intel(R) Xeon(TM) CPU 2.83GHz Speed 2.800GHz Ratio Actual 17 Max 17 Cache L1/32 KB L2/4096 KB ID/uCode 0F64h/02h Processor Information Displays the auto-detected CPU speciîÂÂcation. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp All items on this menu cannotîÂÂbeîÂÂmodiî¿edîÂÂinîÂÂuserî mode. If any items require changes, please consult your system Supervisor. System Memory Information Speed : DDR2 533 Total Memory: 1024MB DIMM_00-- 1024MB, AMB Temperature: 18 DIMM_01-- None DIMM_02-- None DIMM_10-- None DIMM_11-- None DIMM_12-- None System Memory Information Displays the auto-detected system memory information.
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Options for CPU WARNING: Setting wrong value in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Advanced Processor Options î ChipsetîÂÂConî¿guration î PCIîÂÂConî¿guration ICH USB Control Sub-Menu î PeripheralîÂÂDevicesîÂÂConî¿guration î ACPIîÂÂConî¿guration î PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂConî¿guration Hardware Monitor 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. 4.4.1 Advanced Processor Options F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Conî¿guresîÂÂtheîÂÂMPî Speciî¿cationîÂÂrevisionî level. Some operating systems will require 1.1 for compatibility reasons. Advanced Processor Options MultiprocessorîÂÂSpeciî¿cationî î [1.4] Frequency Ratio [Default] Hyperthreading: [Enabled] Intel(R) Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced Scroll down to display the following item: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit Advanced Processor Options Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] Intel EIST support: [Enabled] ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Multiprocessor SpeciîÂÂcation [1.4] Allows you to conîÂÂgure the MP SpeciîÂÂcation revision level. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.1] [1.4] The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5000 series CPU.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-19 Frequency Ratio [Default] Allows you to select the processor frequency ratio. ConîÂÂguration options: [Default] [X 12] [X 13] [X 14] [X 15] [X 16] [X 17] Hyperthreading: [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Intel î Hyperthreading T echnology feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel(R) Virtualization T echnology [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable C1E mode. In C1E mode, the CPU power consumption is lower when idle. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Enable this item to boot legacy operating systems that cannot support CPUs with extended CPUID functions. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Conî¿guresîÂÂtheîÂÂMPî Speciî¿cationîÂÂrevisionî level. Some operating systems will require 1.1 for compatibility reasons. Advanced Processor Options MultiprocessorîÂÂSpeciî¿cationî î [1.4] Numbers of Stop Grant [Per Core] Intel(R) Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] Thermal Management 2 [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced Scroll down to display the following item: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit Advanced Processor Options Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] Intel EIST support: [Enabled] ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Multiprocessor SpeciîÂÂcation [1.4] Allows you to conîÂÂgure the MP SpeciîÂÂcation revision level. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.1] [1.4] The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5100 series CPU. Numbers of Stop Grant [Per Core] ConîÂÂguration options: [Per Core] [Single] Intel(R) Virtualization T echnology [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel EIST support [Enabled] Enables or disables EIST support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-21 Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Thermal Management 2 [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable C1E mode. In C1E mode, the CPU power consumption is lower when idle. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Enable this item to boot legacy operating systems that cannot support CPUs with extended CPUID functions. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel EIST support [Enabled] Enables or disables EIST support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Conî¿guresîÂÂtheîÂÂMPî Speciî¿cationîÂÂrevisionî level. Some operating systems will require 1.1 for compatibility reasons. Advanced Processor Options MultiprocessorîÂÂSpeciî¿cationî î [1.4] Numbers of Stop Grant [Per Core] Intel(R) Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] Thermal Management 2 [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced Scroll down to display the following item: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit Advanced Processor Options Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] Intel EIST support: [Enabled] ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Multiprocessor SpeciîÂÂcation [1.4] Allows you to conîÂÂgure the MP SpeciîÂÂcation revision level. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.1] [1.4] The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5300 series CPU. Numbers of Stop Grant [Per Core] ConîÂÂguration options: [Per Core] [Single] Intel(R) Virtualization T echnology [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-23 Thermal Management 2 [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable C1E mode. In C1E mode, the CPU power consumption is lower when idle. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Enable this item to boot legacy operating systems that cannot support CPUs with extended CPUID functions. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel EIST support [Enabled] Enables or disables EIST support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.2 Chipset ConîÂÂguration This menu shows the chipset conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu with the conîÂÂguration options. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Select ECC error conditions that SERR# be asserted. ChipsetîÂÂConî¿guration î CrystalîÂÂBeachîÂÂConî¿gureîÂÂEnableî î [Enabled] SERR Signal Condition [None] Demand Scrub Enable [Enabled] Patrol Scrub Enable [Enabled] 4GB PCI Hole Granularity [256 MB] Memory Branch Mode [Interleave] Branch 0 Rank Interleave [4:1] Branch 0 Rank Sparing [Disabled] Enhanced x8 Detection [Enabled] î ForceîÂÂITKîÂÂConî¿gîÂÂClockingî î [Disabled] FBDIMM(s) Thermal Throttling [Open Loop] Open Loop Type [Best Performan] Environment Temperature [025 úC] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced Crystal Beach ConîÂÂgure Enable [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ConîÂÂguration/Memory mapped accesses to the Crystal Beach ConîÂÂguration space located in Device 8, Fn 0, and Fn 1. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SERR Signal Condition [None] Allows you to select the ECC error that the SERR# asserts. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Single Bit] [Multiple Bit] [Both] Demand Scrub Enable [Enabled] Enables or disables the Demand Scrubbing. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Patrol Scrub Enable [Enabled] Enables or disables the Patrol Scrubbing. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4GB PCI Hole Granularity [256 MB] Allows you to select the granularity of the PCI hole for PCI resource. ConîÂÂguration options: [256 MB] [512 MB] [1.0 GB] [2.0 GB] F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit Temperature Rise [025 úC] FBDIMM(s) Air Flow [2.0] Scroll down to display the following item:
ASUS DSBV -D 4-25 Memory Branch Mode [Interleave] Allows you to select the memory branch mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Sequential] [Interleave] [Mirror] [Single channel 0] Branch 0 Rank Interleave [4:1] Allows you to select the Branch 0 Rank Interleave. ConîÂÂguration options: [1:1] [2:1] [4:1] Branch 0 Rank Sparing [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Branch 0 rank/DIMM Sparing feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Enhanced x8 Detection [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the enhanced x8 DRAM UC error detection. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Force ITK ConîÂÂg Clocking [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the FBD conîÂÂguration for ITK test suite. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] FBDIMM(s) Thermal Throttling [Open Loop] Allows you to disable or set the thermal throttling control. ConîÂÂguration options: [Open Loop] [Close Loop] [ASUS MemCool Fan] [Disabled] Open Loop T ype [Best Performance] Allows you to select the Open Loop T ype. ConîÂÂguration options: [Best Performance] [Best Acoustic] [User DeîÂÂne] The following items appear when you set the Open Loop T ype to [User DeîÂÂne]. Environment T emperature [025 úC] Allows you to select the Environment T emperature value. ConîÂÂguration options: [020 úC]~[040 úC] T emperature Rise [025 úC] Allows you to select the T emperature Rise value. ConîÂÂguration options: [010 úC]~[030 úC] FBDIMM(s) Air Flow [2.0] Allows yout to select the Air Flow value. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.0] [1.5]~[4.5] [5.0]
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Select âÂÂYesâ if you want to clear the Extended System Conî¿guration Data (ESCD) area. PCIîÂÂConî¿guration ResetîÂÂConî¿gurationîÂÂDataî î [No] Plug & Play OS [No] Palette Snooping [Disabled] PCIE1 Slot PCIE2 Slot PCI3 Slot PCIX4 Slot PCIX5 Slot PCIX6 Slot PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.3 PCI ConîÂÂguration This menu shows the PCI conîÂÂgur ation settings. Select an item th en press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Reset ConîÂÂguration Data [No] This item allows you to clear the Extended System ConîÂÂguration Data (ESCD) area. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es] Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Y es] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the palette snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-27 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Initialize device expansion ROM PCIE1 Slot Optional ROM Scan: [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced PCIE1/2 Slot; PCI3 Slot; PCIX4/5/6 Slot Allows you to conîÂÂgure the speciîÂÂc PCI devices. Optional ROM Scan [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the device expansion ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Enable USB host controller. ICH USB Control Sub-Menu USB Function [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Legacy USB Support: [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.4 ICH USB Control Sub-Menu The items in this menu allow you to display the USB conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. USB Function [Enabled] Allows you to enable the USB host controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only if you enable the USB Function item. USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to e nable or disab le the USB 2.0 control ler . Setting th is item to [En abled] allows the built-in high speed USB support in the BIOS to turn on automatically when you install high speed USB devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). Setting to [Enabled] allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. if no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-29 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp PeripheralîÂÂDevicesîÂÂConî¿guration COM1 port : [Enabled] Base I/O address: [3F8] Interrupt: [IRQ 4] COM2 port: [Enabled] Mode: [Normal] Base I/O address: [2F8] Interrupt: [IRQ 3] Parallel port: [Enabled] Base I/O address: [378] Interrupt: [IRQ 7] Mode: [ECP] DMA channel [DMA 3] Floppy disk controller [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.5 Peripheral Devices ConîÂÂguration This menu shows the peripheral devices conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. COM1 port [Enabled] Allows you to conîÂÂgure COM1 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Base I/O address [3F8] Allows you to select the base I/O address for COM1 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [3F8] [2F8] [3E8] [2E8] Interrupt [IRQ 4] Allows you to set the interrupt for COM1 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [IRQ 3] [IRQ 4] COM2 port [Enabled] Allows you to conîÂÂgure COM2 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Mode [Normal] Allows you to set the mode for COM2 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Normal] [IR] [ASK-IR] Base I/O address [2F8] Allows you to select the base I/O address for COM2 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [3F8] [2F8] [3E8] [2E8] Confugure COM1 port using options: [Disabled] îÂÂîÂÂNoîÂÂconî¿guration [Enabled] îÂÂîÂÂUserîÂÂconî¿guration [Auto] BIOS or OS chooses îÂÂîÂÂconî¿guration (OS Controlled) Displayed when controlled by OS
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Interrupt [IRQ 3] Allows you to set the interrupt for COM2 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [IRQ 3] [IRQ 4] Parallel port [Enabled] Allows you to conîÂÂgure the parallel port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Base I/O address [378] Allows you to select the base I/O address for the parallel port. ConîÂÂguration options: [378] [278] [3BC] Interrupt [IRQ 7] Allows you to set the interrupt for the parallel port. ConîÂÂguration options: [IRQ 5] [IRQ 7] Mode [ECP] Allows you to set the mode for the parallel port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Output only] [Bi-directional] [EPP] [ECP] DMA channel [DMA 3] Allows you to set the DMA channel for the parallel port. ConîÂÂguration options: [DMA 1] [DMA 3] Floppy disk controller [Enabled] Allows you to conîÂÂgure the îÂÂoppy disk controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-31 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Enable RSDP pointers to 64-bit Fixed System Description Tables. ACPIîÂÂConî¿guration ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] Headless Mode [Disabled] ACPI EMS Support [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.6 ACPI ConîÂÂguration This menu shows the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. ACPI V ersion Features [ACPI v1.0] Allows you to enable RSDP pointers to 64-bit îÂÂxed system description tables. ConîÂÂguration options: [ACPI v1.0] [ACPI v2.0] [ACPI v3.0] Headless Mode [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the headless operation mode through ACPI. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACPI EMS Support [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ACPI EMS support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Conî¿guresîÂÂtheîÂÂsystemîÂÂstateî after recovering from power failure. PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂConî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Last State] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PME# [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.7 Power On ConîÂÂguration This menu shows the power conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Restore on AC Power Loss [Last State] When set to [Power Off], the system goes into âÂÂof f stateâ after an AC power interruption. When set to [Power On], the system turns on automatically after a power interruption. When set to [Last State], the system goes into whatever was the system state (on or off) before the power interruption. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to use speciîÂÂc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Power On By PME# [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME and onboard LAN to generate a wake-up event. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake-up event. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-33 The following items appear only if you enable the Power On By RTC Alarm item. RTC Alarm Date [0] T o set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a date chart. Press < > or <-> to change scroll through the options, then press <Enter> when done. The default setting [0] is equivalent to everyday alarm. ConîÂÂguration options: [0] [1] ~ [31] RTC Alarm Date [00 : 00 : 00] T o set the time of alarm: 1. Press < > or <-> to set the desired value. 2. Use the left/right arrow key or press <T ab> to move to the next îÂÂeld. 3. Press <Enter> when done. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Domain 0 Temperature 39 o C/102 o F CPU1 Domain 1 Temperature 29 o C/84 o F CPU2 Domain 0 Temperature 0 o C/32 o F CPU2 Domain 1 Temperature 0 o C/32 o F SYSTEM1 Temperature 39 o C/102 o F SYSTEM2 Temperature 29 o C/84 o F CPU_FAN1 Speed 2925 RPM CPU_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN1 Speed N/A FRN_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN3 Speed N/A FRN_FAN4 Speed N/A REAR_FAN1 Speed N/A REAR_FAN2 Speed N/A Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.8 Hardware Monitor This menu shows the hardware monitor conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5000 series CPU.
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Scroll down to display more items: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Domain 0 Target Temperature [075] CPU1 Domain 1 Target Temperature [075] CPU2 Domain 0 Target Temperature [075] CPU2 Domain 1 Target Temperature [075] SYSTEM1 Target Temperature [060úC] SYSTEM2 Target Temperature [060úC] FBD_FAN1 Speed N/A VCORE0 Voltage 1.25 V VCORE1 Voltage 1.25 V VTT 1.21 V 1.5V 1.56 V 1.8V 1.79 V 3V 3.28 V 12V 11.91 V 5V 4.87 V 5VSB 4.96 V VBAT 3.10 V PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced CPU1/2 Domain 0/1 T emperature, SYSTEM1/2 T emperature, CPU_F AN1/2 Speed, FRN_F AN1/2/3/4 Speed, REAR_F AN1/2 Speed These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable. If no fan is installed, the îÂÂeld shows 0 RPM. Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] Allows you to disable or conîÂÂgure the Smart Fan feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Smart Fan] [Smart Fan II] CPU1/2 Domain 0/1 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target CPU temperature at which the CPU fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [54]~[76] SYSTEM1/2 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target sytem temperature at which the system fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [39]~[60] FBD_F AN1 Speed, VCORE0/1 V oltage, VTT , 1.5V , 1.8V , 3V , 12V , 5V , 5VSB, VBA T These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-35 The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5100 series CPU. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Throttle Temperature Margin 39 o C/102 o F CPU2 Throttle Temperature Margin 29 o C/84 o F SYSTEM1 Temperature 39 o C/102 o F SYSTEM2 Temperature 29 o C/84 o F CPU_FAN1 Speed 2925 RPM CPU_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN1 Speed N/A FRN_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN3 Speed N/A FRN_FAN4 Speed N/A REAR_FAN1 Speed N/A REAR_FAN2 Speed N/A Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced Scroll down to display more items: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Throttle Temperature Margin [060] CPU2 Throttle Temperature Margin [060] SYSTEM1 Target Temperature [050] SYSTEM2 Target Temperature [050] FBD_FAN1 Speed N/A VCORE0 Voltage 1.25 V VCORE1 Voltage 1.25 V VTT 1.21 V 1.5V 1.56 V 1.8V 1.79 V 3V 3.28 V 12V 11.91 V 5V 4.87 V 5VSB 4.96 V VBAT 3.10 V PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced CPU1/2 T emperature, SYSTEM1/2 T emperature, CPU_F AN1/2 Speed, FRN_F AN1/2/3/4 Speed, REAR_F AN1/2 Speed These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable. If no fan is installed, the îÂÂeld shows 0 RPM. Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] Allows you to disable or conîÂÂgure the Smart Fan feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Smart Fan] [Smart Fan II] CPU1/2 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target CPU temperature at which the CPU fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [54]~[76]
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5300 series CPU. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Temperature 39 o C/102 o F CPU2 Temperature 29 o C/84 o F SYSTEM1 Temperature 39 o C/102 o F SYSTEM2 Temperature 29 o C/84 o F CPU_FAN1 Speed 2925 RPM CPU_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN1 Speed N/A FRN_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN3 Speed N/A FRN_FAN4 Speed N/A REAR_FAN1 Speed N/A REAR_FAN2 Speed N/A Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced SYSTEM1/2 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target sytem temperature at which the system fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [39]~[60] FBD_F AN1 Speed, VCORE0/1 V oltage, VTT , 1.5V , 1.8V , 3V , 12V , 5V , 5VSB, VBA T These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable. Scroll down to display more items: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Target Temperature [060] CPU2 Target Temperature [060] SYSTEM1 Target Temperature [050] SYSTEM2 Target Temperature [050] FBD_FAN1 Speed N/A VCORE0 Voltage 1.25 V VCORE1 Voltage 1.25 V VTT 1.21 V 1.5V 1.56 V 1.8V 1.79 V 3V 3.28 V 12V 11.91 V 5V 4.87 V 5VSB 4.96 V VBAT 3.10 V PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced
ASUS DSBV -D 4-37 CPU1/2 T emperature, SYSTEM1/2 T emperature, CPU_F AN1/2 Speed, FRN_F AN1/2/3/4 Speed, REAR_F AN1/2 Speed These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable. If no fan is installed, the îÂÂeld shows 0 RPM. Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] Allows you to disable or conîÂÂgure the Smart Fan feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Smart Fan] [Smart Fan II] CPU1/2 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target CPU temperature at which the CPU fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [54]~[76] SYSTEM1/2 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target sytem temperature at which the system fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [39]~[60] FBD_F AN1 Speed, VCORE0/1 V oltage, VTT , 1.5V , 1.8V , 3V , 12V , 5V , 5VSB, VBA T These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable.
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Additional setup menusîÂÂtoîÂÂconî¿gureî console. Console Redirection DMI Event Logging 4.5 Server menu This Server menu items allow you to customize the server features. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp If enabled, it will use a port on the motherboard. Console Redirection Com Port Address [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit 4.5.1 Console Redirection Com Port Address [Disabled] Allows you to disable or select the COM port to use. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [On-board COM1] [On-board COM2]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-39 The foll owing item s app ear o nly i f you set the C om Po rt Addre ss it em to [On- board COM1] or [On-board COM2]. Baud Rate [57.6K] Allows you to enable the speciîÂÂed baud rate. ConîÂÂguration options: [300] [1200] [2400] [9600] [19.2K] [38.4K] [57.6K] [1 15.2K] Console T ype [VT -UTF8] Allows you to enable the speciîÂÂed console type. ConîÂÂguration options: [VT100] [VT100, 8bit] [PC-ANSI, 7bit] [PC ANSI] [VT100 ] [VT -UTF8] [ASCII] Flow Control [None] Allows you to select the îÂÂow control for console redirection. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [XON/XOFF] [CTS/RTS] Console connection [Direct] Allows you to select the console connection. [Direct] indicates that the console is connected directed to the system. [Via modem] indicates that a modem is used to connect. ConîÂÂguration options: [Direct] [Via modem] Continue C.R. after POST [On] Set this item to [On] if you want console redirection to continue after the operating system has loaded. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] # of video pages to support [1] Allows you to set the number of video pages to allocate for console redirection when the video hardware is not available. Press <-> or < > to set the value, or enter the value using the numeric keypad. ConîÂÂguration options: [1] ~ [8]
4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp View the contents of the DMI event log. DMI Event Logging Event log validity V11alid Event log capacity Space Available View DMI event log [Enter] Event Logging [Enabled] ECC Event Logging [Enabled] Mark DMI events as read [Enter] Clear all DMI event logs [No] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit 4.5.2 DMI Event Logging Event log validity , Event log capacity Displays the auto-detected system information. View DMI event log [Enter] Press <Enter> to view the contents ofthe DMI event log. Event Logging [Enabled] Enables or disables to allows logging of DMI events. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ECC Event Logging [Enabled] Enables or disables to allows logging of ECC events. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Mark DMI events as read [Enter] Enter to mark all DMI events in the event log as read. Clear all DMI event logs [No] Allows you to keep or clear the DMI event log after rebooting. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-41 4.6 Security menu Supervisor Password Is [Clear] User Password Is [Clear] These îÂÂelds allow you to set passwords: T o set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. T ype in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha- numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, conîÂÂrm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Set. T o clear the password: 1. Select the item Set Supervisor Password or Set User Password, depending on which password you want to clear . Press <Enter>. The following message appears: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Supervisor Password controls access to the setup utility. Supervisor Password Is: Clear User Password Is: Clear Set Supervisor Password [Enter] Set User Password [Enter] Password Check [Setup] Password Lock Mode [Disabled] Removable Device Boot [Enabled] Flash Write [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Supervisor Password controls access to the setup utility. Supervisor Password Is: Clear User Password Is: Clear Set Supervisor Password [Enter] Set User Password [Enter] Password Check [Setup] Password Lock Mode [Disabled] Removable Device Boot [Enabled] Flash Write [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit Set Supervisor Password Enter Current Password [ ] Enter New Password [ ] îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂNewîÂÂPasswordî îÂÂîÂÂ[îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ]
4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 2. In the Enter current password îÂÂeld, type in your current password. Press <Enter>. 3. The cursor moves to the next îÂÂeld, Enter new password. Press <Enter>. Do not type anything in this îÂÂeld. 4. The cursor moves to the next îÂÂeld, ConîÂÂrm new password. Press <Enter>. Do not type anything in this îÂÂeld. 5. When the conîÂÂrmation message âÂÂPassword has been changedâ appears, press <Enter>. The display returns to the Security menu. Note that the password îÂÂeld on top is changed to Clear . A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery . If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumpersâ for instructions. Password Check [Setup] This îÂÂeld requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [Always] Password Lock Mode [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the keyboard is locked and the user has no privilege to launch the BIOS setup utility when installing adapter cards during option ROM initialization. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Removable Device Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable booting from a legacy îÂÂoppy , USB îÂÂoppy , or IDE optical drive. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Flash Write [Enabled] Set this item to [Disabled] to write-protect the BIOS îÂÂash memory . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-43 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Specify the boot priority sequence of all boot devices. Boot Device Priority Boot Features 4.7 Boot menu PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Keys used to view or conî¿gureîÂÂdevices:îÂÂUpî and Down arrows select a device. < > and <-> moves the device up or down. <f> and <r> speciî¿esîÂÂtheîÂÂdeviceîÂÂasî î¿xedîÂÂorîÂÂremovable.î <x> excludes or includes the device to boot. <Shift 1> enables or disables the device. <1 - 4> Loads default boot sequence. Boot Device Priority Boot priority order: 1: Legacy Floppy Drives 2: PCI BEV: IBA GE Slot 0400 v 1236 3: PCI BEV: IBA GE Slot 0401 v 1236 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Excluded from boot order: PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority Refer to the following table for keys assigned to conîÂÂgure devices. Key/s Use this key to... <Up arrow> / select a device. <Down arrow> < > / <-> move the device up or down. <f> / <r> specify the device as îÂÂxed or removable. <x> exclude or include the device to boot. <Shift 1> enable or disable the device. <1 - 4> load default boot sequence.
4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Allows the BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system. Boot Features Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Logo Display [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] PS/2 Mouse [Auto Detect] Summary screen: [Enabled] POST Errors [Enabled] SETUP prompt [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit 4.7.2 Boot Features Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Logo Display [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [On] [Off] PS/2 Mouse [Auto Detect] Allows you to enable or disable support for PS/2 mouse. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto Detect] Summary screen: [Enabled] When this item is enabled, the system conîÂÂguration is displayed during POST . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] POST Errors [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system waits for the F1 key to be pressed when error occurs. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-45 SETUP prompt [Enabled] When this item is set to Enabled, the system displays the message âÂÂPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Save any changes to CMOS, exit BIOS Setup then reboot system. Save Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults 4.8 Exit menu PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit Save Changes and Exit Select this op tion then press <Enter>, or s imply press <F1 0>, to save yo ur changes to CMOS before exiting the Setup utility . When a conîÂÂrmation window appears: ⢠select [Y es], then press <Enter> to save and exit. ⢠select [No], then press <Enter>, or s imply press <Esc>, to cancel the command and return to the Exit menu. Discard Changes and Exit Select this option then press <Enter> if you wish to exit the Setup utility without saving your changes. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears: ⢠select [Y es], then press <Enter> to discard your changes and exit. ⢠select [No], then press <Enter>, or s imply press <Esc>, to cancel the command and return to the Exit menu.
4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Discard Changes Select this option to discard the changes that you made, and restore the previously saved values. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears: ⢠select [Y es], then press <Enter> to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. ⢠select [No], then press <Enter>, or s imply press <Esc>, to cancel the command and return to the Exit menu. Load Setup Defaults Select this option then press <Enter>, or simply press <F9>, to load the optimized values for each of the Setup menu items. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears: ⢠select [Y es], then press <Enter> to load the default values. ⢠select [No], then press <Enter>, or s imply press <Esc>, to cancel the command and return to the Exit menu.
5 RAID conî¿guration This chapter provides instructions for setting up, creating, and conîÂÂguring RAID sets using the available utilities.
ASUS DSBV -D Chapter summary 5 5.1 Setting up RAID ............................................................................ 5-1 5.2 LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility .......................... 5-4 5.3 Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility ................. 5-31 5.4 Global Array Manager ................................................................ 5-39
ASUS DSBV -D 5-1 5.1 Setting up RAID The Intel î 6321ESB Southbridge chip comes with the LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Utility and the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager . These utilities support SA T A hard disk drives and allow creation of RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, or RAID 5 (Intel î Matrix Storage Manager only) conîÂÂguration. 5.1.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RA ID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 conîÂÂguration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity . The RAID 5 conîÂÂguration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. RAID 0 1 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 conîÂÂguration you get all the beneîÂÂts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a created RAID set, copy îÂÂrst the RAID driver from the support CD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive.
5-2 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.1.2 Installing hard disk drives The motherboard supports Serial A T A for RAID set conîÂÂguration. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . T o install the SA T A hard disks for RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SA T A hard disks into the drive bays following the instructions in the system user guide. 2. Connect a SA T A signal cable to the signal connector at the back of each drive and to the SA T A connector on the motherboard. 3. Connect a SA T A power cable to the power connector on each drive . 5.1.3 Setting the RAID item in BIOS Y ou must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set from SA T A hard disk drives attached to the SA T A connectors supported by the Intel î 6321ESB Southbridge chip. T o do this: 1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST . 2. Go to the Main Menu > IDE ConîÂÂguration > S-A T A ConîÂÂguration, then press <Enter>. 3. Set the SA T A Controller Mod e Option item t o [Enhanced], then press <En ter>. 4. Set the SA T A RAID Enable item to [Enabled]. 5. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. Refer to Chapter 4 for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup. 5.1.4 RAID conîÂÂguration utilities Depending on the RAID connectors that you use, you can create a RAID set using the utilities embedded in each RAID controller . For example, use the LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility or the Intel î Matrix Storage T echnology if you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives on the Serial A T A connectors supported by the Intel î 6321ESB Southbridge. Refer to the succeeding sections for details on how to use each RAID conîÂÂguration utility .
ASUS DSBV -D 5-3 3. The utility main window appears. Use the arrow keys to select an option from the Management Menu, then press <Enter>. Refer to the Management Menu descriptions on the next page. At the bottom of the screen is the legend box. The keys on the legend box allow you to navigate through the setup menu options or execute commands. The keys on the legend box vary according to the menu level. 5.2 LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility Th e L SI Log ic E mbe dde d SA TA RAI D S et up Ut ili ty a llo ws you t o cre ate RA ID 0 , R AID 1, or RA ID 10 set (s) f ro m S ATA ha rd d isk dr iv es co nne cte d to th e S ATA c onn ect ors su ppo rte d b y th e m oth er bo ard So uth br id ge chi p. T o enter the LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility: 1. T urn on the system after installing all the SA T A hard disk drives. 2. During POST , the LSI Logic Emb edded SA T A RAID Setup Utilit y automaticall y detects the installed SA T A hard disk drives and displays any existing RAID set(s). Press <Ctrl> <M> to enter the utility . The LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID auto conîÂÂgures to RAID 1 when the SA T A to RAID Mode is enabled.
5-4 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration Menu Description ConîÂÂgure Allows you to create RAID 0 or RAID 1 set using the Easy ConîÂÂguration or the New ConîÂÂguration command. This menu also allows you to view , add, or clear RAID conîÂÂgurations or select the boot drive Initialize Allows you to initialize the logical drives of a created RAID set Objects Allows you to initialize logical drives or change the logical drive parameters Rebuild Allows you to rebuild failed drives Check Consistency Allows you to check the data consistency of the logical drives of a created RAID set 5.2.1 Creating a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set The LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility allows you to create a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set using two types of conîÂÂgurations: Easy and New . In Easy ConîÂÂguration, the logical drive parameters are set automatically including the size and stripe size (RAID 1 only). In New ConîÂÂguration, you manually set the logical drive parameters and assign the set size and stripe size (RAID 1 only). Using Easy ConîÂÂguration T o create a RAID set using the Easy ConîÂÂguration option: 1. From the utility main menu, highlight ConîÂÂgure, then press <Enter>. 2. Us e t he a rro w k eys t o sel ect E as y C onî gur at io n, the n p re ss <En ter >.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-5 4. Select all the drives required for the RAID set, then press <Enter>. The conîÂÂgurable array appears on screen. 3. The ARRA Y SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drives you want to include in the RAID set, then press <SpaceBar>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y], where X is the array number , and Y is the drive number. The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen.
5-6 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5. Press <F10>, select the conîÂÂgurable array , then press <SpaceBar>. Press <F10> again, the logical drive information appears including a Logical Drive menu that allows you to change the logical drive parameters.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-7 6. Select RAID from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 7. Select the RAID level from the menu, then press <Enter>. Yo u n eed at lea st two i den tica l h ard di sk d riv es whe n c re ati ng a RA ID 1 s et. 8. When creating a RAID 1 set, select DWC from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. When creating a RAID 0 set, proceed to step 10. 9. Select On to enable the Disk Write Cache setting, then press <Enter>. Enabling DWC can improve the performance, but with the risk of data loss.
5-8 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 10. When îÂÂnished setting the selected logical drive conîÂÂguration, select Accept from the menu, then press <Enter>. 1 1. When îÂÂnished setting the selected logical drive conîÂÂguration, sele ct Accept from the menu, then press <Enter>. 12. Follow steps 5 to 10 to conîÂÂgure additional logical drives. 13. When prompted, save the conîÂÂguration, then press <Esc> to return to the Management Menu.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-9 Using New ConîÂÂguration When a RAI D set i s alre ady exi sting, using the New C onîÂÂgura tion c ommand eras es the existi ng RAI D conîÂÂg uratio n data . If you d o not w ant to delete the exis ting R AID set , use the Vie w/Add ConîÂÂgu rati on com mand to view or crea te anot her RA ID conî gurati on. T o create a RAID set using the New ConîÂÂguration option: 1. From the utility main menu, highlight ConîÂÂgure, then press <Enter>. 2. Use the arrow keys to select New ConîÂÂguration, then press <Enter>. 3. Follow steps 3 to 7 of the previous section. 4. Select Size from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 5. Key-in the desired logical drive size, then press <Enter>. 6. Follow steps 8 to 13 of the previous section to create the RAID set.
5-10 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.2.2 Creating a RAID 10 set Y ou can create a RAID 10 set using four identical hard disk drives. T o create a RAID 10 set using the Easy ConîÂÂguration option: 1. From the utility main menu, highlight ConîÂÂgure, then press <Enter>. 2. Us e t he a rro w k eys t o sel ect E as y C onî gur at io n, the n p re ss <En ter >. 3. The ARRA Y SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drive(s) you want to include in the RAID set, then press <SpaceBar>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y], where X is the array number , and Y is the drive number . The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-1 1 4. Select all the drives required for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>. The conîÂÂgurable array appears on screen. 5. Press <F10>, select the conîÂÂgurable array , then press <SpaceBar>.
5-12 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration Press <F10> again, the logical drive information appears including a Logical Drive menu that allows you to change the logical drive parameters. 6. Select RAID from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 7. Select RAID 10 from the menu, then press <Enter>. Yo u ne ed a t le as t fo ur i de nti ca l ha rd d is k dr iv es w he n cr ea ti ng a R AID 1 0 se t. 8. Select DWC from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 9. Select On to enable the Disk Write Cache setting, then press <Enter>.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-13 10. When îÂÂnished setting the selected logical drive conîÂÂguration, select Accept from the menu, then press <Enter>. 1 1. When prompted, save the conîÂÂguration, then press <Esc> to return to the Management Menu.
5-14 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.2.3 Adding or viewing a RAID conîÂÂguration Y ou can add a new RAID conîÂÂguration or view an existing conîÂÂguration using the View/Add ConîÂÂguration command. Adding a new RAID conîÂÂguration T o add a new RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Fro m the Manage ment M enu, highli ght Co nîÂÂgure , the n p ress < Enter> . 2. Use the arrow keys to select View/Add ConîÂÂguration, then press <Enter>. 3. The ARRA Y SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drive(s) you want to include in the RAID set, then press <SpaceBar>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y], where X is the array number , and Y is the drive number . The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-15 4. Select all the drives required for the RAID set, then press <Enter>. The conîÂÂgurable array appears on screen. 5. Press <F10>, select the conîÂÂgurable array , then press <SpaceBar>. 6. Press <F10> again, and select RAID from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 7. Select the RAID level from the menu, then press <Enter>.
5-16 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 8. Follow steps 8 to 12 of the Creating a RAID set: Using Easy ConîÂÂguration section. 9. When prompted, save the conîÂÂguration, then press <Esc> to return to the Management Menu. 9. Follow steps 8 to 13 of the Creating a RAID set: Using Easy ConîÂÂguration section to add the new RAID conîÂÂguration.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-17 5.2.4 Initializing the logical drives After creating the RAID set(s), you must initialize the logical drives. Y ou may initialize the logical drives of a RAID set(s) using the Initialize or Objects command on the Management Menu. Using the Initialize command T o initialize the logical drive using the Initialize command: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Initialize, then press <Enter>. 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the logical drive to initialize. Use the arrow keys to select the logical drive from the Logical Drive selection, then press <Enter>.
5-18 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 3. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Y es from the Initialize? dialog box, then press <Enter>. Y ou may also press <F10> to initialize the drive without conîÂÂrmation. Initializing a logical drive(s) erases all data on the drive. 4. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-19 5. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>. Using the Objects command T o initialize the logical drives using the Objects command: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Objects, then press <Enter>.
5-20 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 2. Select Logical Drive from the Objects sub-menu, then press <Enter>. 3. Select the logical drive to initialize from the Logical Drives sub-menu, then press <Enter>. 4. Select Initialize from the pop-up menu, then press <Enter> to start initialization.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-21 5. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Y es from the Initialize? dialog box, then press <Enter>. Y ou may also press <F10> to initialize the drive without conîÂÂrmation. 6. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization. 7. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>.
5-22 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.2.5 Rebuilding failed drives Y ou can manually rebuild failed hard disk drives using the Rebuild command in the Management Menu. T o rebuild a failed hard disk drive: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Rebuild, then press <Enter>. 2. The PHYSICAL DRIVES SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drive you want to rebuild, then press <SpaceBar>.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-23 3. After selectin g the drive to rebuild, press <F10>. The indicator for the sele cted drive now shows RBLD. 4. When prompted, press <Y> to to rebuild the drive. 5. When rebuild is complete, press any key to continue.
5-24 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.2.6 Checking the drives for data consistency Y ou can check and verify the accuracy of data redundancy in the selected logical drive. The utility can automatically detect and/or detect and correct any dif ferences in data redundancy depending on the selected option in the Objects > Adapter menu. The Check Consistency command is available only for logical drives included in a RAID 1 set. Using the Check Consistency T o check data consistency using the Check Consistency command: 1. From the Management Menu, select Check Consistency , then press <Enter>. 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the logical drive to check. Use the arrow keys to select the logical drive from the Logical Drive selection, then press <Enter>.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-25 3. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Y es from the Consistency Check dialog box, then press <Enter>. Y ou may also press <F10> to check the drive consistency . A progress bar appears on screen. 4. While checking the disk consistency , press <Esc> to display the following options. ⢠Stop - Stops the consistency check. The utility stores the percentage of disk checked, When you restart checking, it continues from the last percentage completed rather than from zero percent. ⢠Continue - Continues the consistency check. ⢠Abort - Aborts the consistency check. When you restart checking, it continues from zero percent. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue.
5-26 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration Using the Objects command T o check data consistency using the Objects command: 1. From the Management Menu, select Objects, then select Logical Drive from the menu. 2. Use the arrow keys to select the logical dri ve you want to check, then press <Enter>. 3 . S el ec t Ch ec k Co ns is t e n cy f ro m th e po p- up m en u , t he n pr es s <E nt er >. 4. When prompted, press <Y> to to check the drive. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-27 5.2.7 Deleting a RAID conîÂÂguration T o delete a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. From the Management Menu, select ConîÂÂgure > Clear ConîÂÂguration, then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Y es from the Clear ConîÂÂguration? dialog box, then press <Enter>. The utility clears the current array . 3. Press any key to continue.
5-28 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.2.8 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set Y ou must have created a new RAID conîÂÂguration before you can select the boot drive from a RAID set. Refer to the Creating a RAID set: Using New ConîÂÂguration section for details. T o select the boot drive from a RAID set: 1. From the Management Menu, select ConîÂÂgure > Select Boot Drive, then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select the bootable logical drive from the list, then press <Enter>. 3. The logical drive is selected as boot drive. Press any key to continue.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-29 5.2.9 Enabling the WriteCache Y ou may enable the RAID controller âÂÂs WriteCache option to improve the data transmission performance. Wh en you ena ble Wr ite Ca che , yo u m ay los e da ta whe n a po we r i nter rup tio n o ccur s wh ile tra nsm itt ing or e xch angi ng dat a a mong th e d riv es. T o enable WriteCache: 1. From the Management Menu, select Objects > Adapter , then press <Enter> to display the adapter properties. 2. Select WriteCache, then press <Enter> to turn the option On (enabled). 3. When îÂÂnished, press any key to continue.
5-30 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.3 Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, and RAID 5 set(s) from Serial A T A hard disk drives. T o enter the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility: 1. T urn on the system after installing all Serial A T A hard disk drives. 2. During POST , press <Ctrl I> to display the utility main menu. The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen. In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 4. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: NoneîÂÂdeî¿ned. Physical Disks: Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID) 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu
ASUS DSBV -D 5-31 5.3.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (Stripe) T o create a RAID 0 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 0 set, then press <Enter>. 3. Highlight RAID Level, press the up/down arrow key to select |RAID 0 (Stripe), then press <Enter>. 4. Highlight the Disks item, th en press <Enter> to select th e hard disk drives you want to include in the RAID set. The SELECT DISKS screen appears. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] E nt er a s tr i ng be t we en 1 a nd 16 ch a ra ct e rs in le n gt h t ha t c a n b e u se d to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) Select Disks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ SELECT DISKS ] [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXX XXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXX XXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXX XXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXX XXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu
5-32 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 0 array , then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 128 KB. A lower stripe size is recommended for server systems. A higher stripe size is recommended for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. Highlight the Capacity item, enter the desired RAID volume capacity , then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity . 8. When the Create V olume item is highlighted, press <Enter>. A warning message appears. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the Create Array menu.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-33 5.3.2 Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirror) T o create a RAID 1 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] E nt er a s tr i ng be t we en 1 a nd 16 ch a ra ct e rs in le n gt h t ha t c a n b e u se d to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID1(Mirror) Select Disks N/A 0.0 GB Create Volume [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu 2. Enter a name for the RAID 1 set, then press <Enter>. 3. Highlight RAID Level, press the up/down arrow key to select |RAID 1 (Mirror), then press <Enter>. 4. Follow steps 4 to 5 and 7 to 9 of the previous section to create the RAID 1 set.
5-34 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.3.3 Creating a RAID 10 set (Stripe Mirror) T o create a RAID 10 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] E nt er a s tr i ng be t we en 1 a nd 16 ch a ra ct e rs in le n gt h t ha t c a n b e u se d to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID10(RAID0 1) Select Disks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu 2. Enter a name for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>. 3. Highlight RAID Level, press the up/down arrow key to select |RAID 10 (RAID0 1), then press <Enter>. 4. Follow steps 4 to 9 of section âÂÂ5.3.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (striped)â to create the RAID 10 set.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-35 5.3.4 Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) T o create a RAID 5 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] E nt er a s tr i ng be t we en 1 a nd 16 ch a ra ct e rs in le n gt h t ha t c a n b e u se d to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID5(Parity) Select Disks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu 2. Enter a name for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>. 3. Highlight RAID Level, press the up/down arrow key to select |RAID 10 (RAID0 1), then press <Enter>. 4. Follow steps 4 to 9 of section âÂÂ5.3.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (striped)â to create the RAID 5 set.
5-36 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.3.5 Deleting a RAID set T ake caution when deleting a RAID set. Y ou will lose all data on the hard disk drives when you delete a RAID set. T o delete a RAID set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 2. Delete RAID V olume, then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set you want to delete, then press <Del>. This window appears. 3. Press <Y> to delete the RAID set and return to the utility main menu; otherwise, press <N> to return to the Delete V olume menu. ALL DATA IN THE VOLUME WILL BE LOST! A re y o u s ur e y o u w an t t o d el e te vo l um e â Vo l um e Xâ ? ( Y /N ): [ DELETE VOLUME VERIFICATION ] In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ DELETE VOLUME MENU ] Name Level Drives Capacity Status Bootable Volume0 RAIDX(xxxxx) X XXX.XGB Normal Yes [ HELP ] D e l e t i n g a v o l u m e w i l l d e s t r o y t h e v o l u m e d a t a o n t h e d r i v e ( s ) a n d c a u s e a n y m e m b e r d i s k s t o b e c o m e a v a i l a b l e a s n o n - R A I D d i s k s . W A R N I N G : EXISTING DATA WITHIN THIS VOLUME WILL BE LOST AND NON-RECOVERABLE. [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [<ESC>]-Previous Menu [<Del>]-Delete Volume
ASUS DSBV -D 5-37 5.3.7 Exiting the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager T o exit the utility: 1. From the utility main menu, select 4. Exit, then press <Enter>. This window appears. Are you sure you want to exit? (Y/N): [ CONFIRM EXIT ] 2. Press <Y> to exit or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. 5.3.6 Resetting disks to Non-RAID Take cauti on befo re you reset a RAID volum e hard disk drive to non-RAID. Resetting a RAID volume hard disk drive deletes all internal RAID structure on the drive. T o reset a RAID set hard disk drive: 1. From the utility main menu, select 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID, then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the RAID set drive you want to reset, then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A conîÂÂrmation message appears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. 5. Follow steps 2 to 4 to select and reset other RAID set drives. [ RESET RAID DATA ] Re sett ing RAI D data wil l r emov e in ter na l RA ID s tru ct ures from the selected RAID disks. By removing the se structures, the drive will revert back to a non-RAID disk. WARNING: Resetting a disk causes all data on the disk to be lost. Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk Select the disks that should be reset. [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete
5-38 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.4 Global Array Manager Y ou may also create a RAID set(s) in Windows î operating environment using the Global Array Manager (GAM) application. The GAM application is available from the motherboard support CD. Refer to the GAM user guide in the motherboard support CD for details.
6 Driver installation This chapter provides instructions for installing the necessary drivers for different system components.
ASUS DSBV -D Chapter summary 6 6.1 RAID driver installation ............................................................... 6-1 6.2 Intel chipset software installation ............................................ 6-1 1 6.3 LAN driver installation ............................................................... 6-14 6.4 VGA driver installation ............................................................... 6-18
ASUS DSBV -D 6-1 6.1 RAID driver installation After creating the RAID sets for your server system, you are now ready to install an operating system to the independent hard disk drive or bootable array . This part provides instructions on how to install the RAID controller drivers during OS installation. 6.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk Y ou may have to use another system to create the RAID driver disk from the system/motherboard support CD or from the Internet. A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP or Red Hat î Enterprise ver . 3.0/SuSE operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. Y ou can create a RAID driver disk in DOS (using the Makedisk application in the support CD). T o create a RAID driver disk in DOS environment: 1. Place the motherboard support CD in the optical drive. 2. Restart the computer , then enter the BIOS Setup. 3. Select the optical drive as the îÂÂrst boot priority to boot from the support CD. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. 4. Restart the computer . 5. Press any key when prompted to boot from CD. The Makedisk menu appears. Loading FreeDOS FAT KERNEL GO! Press any key to boot from CDROM... A) FreeDOS command prompt B) Create INTEL 6321 MATRIX STORAGE MANAGER for Windows 32 bit Driver Disk. (Also support AHCI.) C) Create INTEL 6321 MATRIX STORAGE MANAGER for Windows 64 bit Driver Disk. (Also support AHCI.) D) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for Win2k Driver Disk E) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for WinXP/Win2k3 32 bit Driver Disk F) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for WinXP/Win2k3 64 bit Driver Disk G) Create the emergent BIOS Recovery diskette H)îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂESB2îÂÂASFîÂÂî¿rmwareîÂÂupdate Please choose A TO H:
6-2 Chapter 6: Driver installation For system s with Red Ha t î Enterprise versions that are not listed in the Makedisk menu, explore the support CD and copy the RAID driver disk from the following path: For Intel î 6321 LSI MegaRAID: \Drivers\6321 LSI MegaRAID\Driver\Linux\ megaswr-drvr-bin.tgz 6. Place a blank, high-density îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then select the type of RAID driver disk you want to create by typing the number before the option 7. Press <Enter>. 8. Follow screen instructions to create the driver disk. 6.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS During Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS installation T o install the RAID controller driver when installing Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS: 1. Boot the computer using the Windows î 2000/2003 Server installation CD. The Windows î 2000/2003 Setup starts. 2. Press <F6> when the message âÂÂPress F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver ...â appears at the bottom of the screen. 3. When prompted, press <S> to specify an additional device.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-3 4. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then press <Enter>. 5. Select the RAID controller driver from the list, then press <Enter>. ⢠For Intel î 6321ESB LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Driver, select Intel LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID (DSBV -D). 6. The Windows î 2000/2003 Setup loads the RAID controller drivers from the RAID driver disk. When prompted, press <Enter> to continue installation. 7. Setup then proceeds with the OS installation. Follow screen instructions to continue. LSI MegaRAID Software RAID (Windows 2000 SP4)
6-4 Chapter 6: Driver installation 5. Right-click the RAID controller item, then select Properties. 6. Click the Driver tab, then click the Update Driver button. 7. The Upgrade Device Driver Wizard window appears. Click Next. 8. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 9. Select the option âÂÂSearch for a suitable driver for my device (recommended), then click Next. T o an existing Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS T o install the RAID controller driver on an existing Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS: 1. Restart the computer , then log in with Administrator privileges. 2. Windows î automatically detects the RAID controller and displays a New Hardware Found window . Click Cancel. 3. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows î desktop , then select Properties from the menu. 4. Click the Hardware tab, then click the Device Manager button to display the list of devices installed in the system. 10. The wizard searches the RAID controller drivers. When found, click Next to install the drivers. 1 1. Click Finish after the driver installation is done.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-5 T o verify the RAID controller driver installation: 1. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows î desktop , then select Properties from the menu. 2. Click the Hardware tab, then click the Device Manager button. 3. Click the â â sign before the item SCSI and RAID controllers. 4. Right-click the RAID controller driver item, then select Properties from the menu. 5. Click the Driver tab, then click the Driver Details button to display the RAID controller drivers. 6. Click OK when îÂÂnished.
6-6 Chapter 6: Driver installation Red Hat î Enterprise ver . 3.0 T o install the Intel î ESB2E LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID controller driver when installing Red Hat î Enterprise ver . 3.0 OS: 1. Boot the system from the Red Hat î Installation CD. 2. At the boot: , type linux dd , then press <Enter>.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-7 4. Select fd0 using the <T ab> key when asked to select the driver disk source. Press <T ab> to move the cursor to OK, then press <Enter>. 3. Select Y es using the <T ab> key when asked if you have the driver disk. Press <Enter>
6-8 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6. Follow screen instructions to continue the OS installation. 5. When prompted, insert the Red Hat î Enterprise ver . 3.0 RAID driver disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, select OK, then press <Enter>. The drivers for the RAID controller are installed to the system.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-9 SuSE Linux T o install the RAID controller driver when installing SuSE Linux OS: 1. Boot the system from the SuSE Installation CD. 2. Select Installation from the Boot Options menu, then press <Enter>. 3. A message instructs you to prepare the RAID driver disk. Press <F6>.
6-10 Chapter 6: Driver installation 4. When prompted, insert the RAID driver disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then press <Enter>. 5. When prompted, select the îÂÂoppy disk drive (fd0) as the driver update medium, select OK, then press <Enter>. The drivers for the RAID controller are installed to the system.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-1 1 6.2 Intel chipset software installation This section provides instructions on how to install the Plug and Play components for the Intel î chipset on the system. Y ou need to manually install the Intel î chipset software on a Windows XP/2000 / Server 2003 operating system. T o install the Intel î chipset software: 1. Restart the computer , then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support CD to the optical drive. The support CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . 3. Click the item Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility from the menu. Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility A TI ES1000 Intel Matrix Storage Manager driver Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Inî¿neon Security Platform Software Intel(R) PRO/1000 EB Network Connection ASF
6-12 Chapter 6: Driver installation 4. The Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility window appears. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. 5. Select Y es to accept the terms of the License Agreement and continue the process.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-13 6. Read the Readme File Information and press Next to activate the installation. 7. After completing the installation, click Finish to restart the computer .
6-14 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.3 LAN driver installation This section provides the instructions on how to install Intel î Gigabit LAN controller drivers. 6.3.1 Windows XP/2000/Server 2003 T o install the Intel î Gigabit LAN controller driver on a Windows î XP/2000/ Server 2003 OS: 1. Restart the computer , and then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Windows î automatically detects the LAN controllers and displays window . Click Cancel to close this window . ⢠If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle AUTORUN.EXE from the \Drivers\Intel 82563EB folder . Double-click the AUTORUN.EXE and follow step 4 to run the installation. 3. Click the Intel î PRO/1000 EB Network Connection option. Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility A TI ES1000 Intel Matrix Storage Manager driver Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Inî¿neon Security Platform Software Intel(R) PRO/1000 EB Network Connection ASF
ASUS DSBV -D 6-15 5. Click Next button when the Intel î PRO Network Connections â InstallShield Wizard window appears. 4. Click the Install Drivers option to begin installation.
6-16 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6. Select the âÂÂI accept the terms in the license agreementâ and then click the Next button. 7. Press the Complete and click Next button to fully install the driver , Intel î PROSet for Windows Device Manager and Advanced Networking Services.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-17 6.3.2 Red Hat/SuSE Linux Follow these instructions when installing the Intel î LAN controller base driver for the in Red Hat î and SuSE Linux operating system. Before installing the LAN driver: Before installing the LAN driver , you must install the kernel development application. T o install the kernel development: 1. Insert the Linux OS installation CD Disk 1 to the optical drive. 2. Double click âÂÂApplicationâ > âÂÂSystem settingâ > âÂÂAdd / Remove applicationâÂÂ. 3. Select âÂÂKernel Developmentâ from the Development T ools. 4. Follow the later steps and add different CDs according to the instructions displayed. Building the driver from the T AR îÂÂle: 1. Insert the motherboard/system support CD to the optical drive and mount the optional drive in the Linux platform. 2. Copy the base driver tar îÂÂle from the motherboard/system support CD to the directory of your local hard disk. The name format of driver îÂÂle is âÂÂe1000- <V ersion>.tar .gzâÂÂ. For example: the îÂÂle name of driver version 7.0.38 is âÂÂe1000-7.0.38.tar .gzâÂÂ. ⢠The Intel î LAN driver for Linux OS is located in: \Drivers\INTEL 82563EB\PRO1000\LINUX 3. Untar or unzip the archive. tar zxf e1000-x.x.x.tar .gz 4. Change to the driver src directory . cd e1000-x.x.x/src/ 5. Use the command âÂÂmakeinstallâ to compile the driver module. makeinstall 6. After reboot the system, please refer to Linux distribution documentation to conîÂÂgure the network protocol and IP address.
6-18 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.4 VGA driver installation This section p rovides instruc tions on how t o install the A TI î ES1000 V ideo Graphics Adapter (VGA) driver . 6.4.1 Windows 2000/Server 2003 Y ou need to manually install the A TIî ES1000 VGA driver on a Windows 2000 / Server 2003 operating system. T o install the A TIî ES1000 VGA driver: 1. Restart the computer , then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support CD to the optical drive. The support CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . The Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . 3. Click the item A TI ES1000 from the menu. Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility A TI ES1000 Intel Matrix Storage Manager driver Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Inî¿neon Security Platform Software Intel(R) PRO/1000 EB Network Connection ASF
ASUS DSBV -D 6-19 4. The A TI Software window appears. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. 5. Select Y es to accept the terms of the License Agreement and continue the process.
6-20 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6. Press the button to activate quick installation. 7. After completing the installation, restart the computer .
ASUS DSBV -D 6-21 6.5 Management applications and utilities installation The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, management applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. The contents of the support CD a re subject to cha nge at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for updates. 6.5.1 Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder . Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the CD. 6.5.2 Drivers menu The Drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. The screen display and driver options vary under different operating system versions. Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility A TI ES1000 Intel Matrix Storage Manager driver Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Inî¿neon Security Platform Software Intel(R) PRO/1000 EB Network Connection ASF
6-22 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.5.3 Management Software menu The Management Software menu displays the available network and server monitoring applications. Click an item to install. 6.5.4 Utilities menu The Utilities menu displays the software applications and utilities that the motherboard supports. Click an item to install. 6.5.5 Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. ASUS Remote Console ASWM Install ASUS Network Utility ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Update
A Reference information This appendix includes additional information that you may refer to when conîÂÂguring the motherboard.
Appendix summary A ASUS DSBV -D A.1 DSBV -D block diagram ................................................................ A-1
ASUS DSBV -D A-1 A.1 DSBV -D block diagram Xeon5000/ Xeon5100; 5300 1333 FSB 5000V 6321ESB 6 x SATA S/W RAID 0, 1, 10 PCI3 PCI 33 ES1000 1 x IDE x4 ESI FBDx3 FBDx3 Gilgal Kumeran PCIX 133/100 PCIE2 PCIX4 PCIX5 PCIE1 PCIX6 x16 slot x8 slot x4 x8
A-2 Appendix A: Reference information A.2 PHLASH16.EXE and memory managers Phlash16 may fail if your system is using memory managers, in which case the utility will display the following message: Memory manager error message If you see this message after you execute Phlash16, you must disable the memory manager on your system. Follow the instructions in the Disabling memory managers section in this chapter . Because Phlash16.EXE may require the use of extended memory , it will not run if it detects the presence of an extended-memory manager such as HIMEM.SYS, EMM386, or QEMM. T o avoid conîÂÂict with disk caching programs, the program checks for VCPI, DPMI and XMS. The program does not check for VDISK because MS-DOS 5 and later versions do not support that server . If the program detects any of these utilities, the program reports a failure and terminates. Disabling memory managers T o avoid failure when îÂÂashing, you must disable the memory managers that load from CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BA T . T o disable the memory managers: 1. Boot from a bootable îÂÂoppy disk created from MS-DOS 6.22. 2. During the boot process, when the message "Press any key to continue" is displayed, press <F5>. 3. The message "MS-DOS is bypassing CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BA T îÂÂle" appears. The memory managers will then be disabled. Do not interrupt the process. 4. When done, îÂÂash the BIOS according to instructions in section "4.1.2 Updating the Phoenix Phlash16 Utility . Phoenix Phlash16 Error Cannot îÂÂash if Memory Managers (e.g. EMM386) present PRESS ANY KEY T O EXIT
ii E3043 Second Edition V2 February 2007 Copyright é 2007 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this ma nual, including the products and soft ware described in i t, may be reproduc ed, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair , modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A C OMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe.
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix T ypography .................................................................................................. x DSBV -D speciîÂÂcations summary .............................................................. xi Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Serial number label ...................................................................... 1-1 1.4 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2 1.4.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 1.4.2 Innovative ASUS features ............................................... 1-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 2.2.3 Support kits for the motherboard .................................... 2-3 2.2.4 Motherboard layouts ....................................................... 2-6 2.2.5 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-7 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-9 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-9 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan .............................. 2-12 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-14 2.4.1 Overview ....................................................................... 2-14 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations .................................................. 2-14 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-16 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-16 2.4.5 Installing the optional MemCool FB-DIMM fan ............. 2-17 2.4.6 Uninstalling the optional MemCool FB-DIMM fan ......... 2-19 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-20 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-20 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-20 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-21 2.5.4 PCI-X slots .................................................................... 2-22 2.5.5 DDR2 SO-DIMM socket ............................................... 2-22 2.5.6 PCI Express x8 slot (x4 link) ......................................... 2-23 2.5.7 PCI Express x16 slot (x8 link) ....................................... 2-23 2.6 Jumpers ...................................................................................... 2-24
iv Contents 2.7 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-29 2.7.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-29 2.7.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-30 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk ....................................... 4-1 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS using the Phoenix Phlash16 Utility ............................................................... 4-2 4.1.3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility ...................................... 4-3 4.1.4 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-5 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-8 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen .......................................................... 4-9 4.2.2 Menu bar ......................................................................... 4-9 4.2.3 Legend bar .................................................................... 4-10 4.2.4 Menu items ................................................................... 4-10 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ............................................................ 4-10 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ....................................................... 4-10 4.2.7 Pop-up window .............................................................. 4-1 1 4.2.8 General help .................................................................. 4-1 1 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-12 4.3.1 System Date ................................................................ 4-12 4.3.2 System T ime ................................................................. 4-12 4.3.3 Floppy A ........................................................................ 4-12 4.3.4 IDE ConîÂÂguration .......................................................... 4-13 4.3.5 IDE Channel 0 Master/Slave; SA T A Port 1/2/3/4 .......................................................... 4-15 4.3.6 System Information ....................................................... 4-16 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-18 4.4.1 Advanced Processor Options ....................................... 4-18 4.4.2 Chipset ConîÂÂguration ................................................... 4-24 4.4.3 PCI ConîÂÂguration .......................................................... 4-26 4.4.4 ICH USB Control Sub-Menu ......................................... 4-28
v Contents 4.4.5 Peripheral Devices ConîÂÂguration ................................. 4-29 4.4.6 ACPI ConîÂÂguration ....................................................... 4-31 4.4.7 Power On ConîÂÂguration ................................................ 4-32 4.4.8 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-33 4.5 Server menu ............................................................................... 4-38 4.5.1 Console Redirection ...................................................... 4-38 4.5.2 DMI Event Logging ....................................................... 4-40 4.6 Security menu ............................................................................ 4-41 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-43 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-43 4.7.2 Boot Features ............................................................... 4-44 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-45 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.1 Setting up RAID ............................................................................ 5-1 5.1.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions .............................................................. 5-1 5.1.2 Installing hard disk drives ................................................ 5-2 5.1.3 Setting the RAID item in BIOS ........................................ 5-2 5.1.4 RAID conîÂÂguration utilities .............................................. 5-2 5.2 LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility .......................... 5-3 5.2.1 Creating a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set .................................... 5-4 5.2.2 Creating a RAID 10 set ................................................. 5-10 5.2.3 Adding or viewing a RAID conîÂÂguration ....................... 5-14 5.2.4 Initializing the logical drives .......................................... 5-17 5.2.5 Rebuilding failed drives ................................................. 5-22 5.2.6 Checking the drives for data consistency ..................... 5-24 5.2.7 Deleting a RAID conîÂÂguration ....................................... 5-27 5.2.8 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set ...................... 5-28 5.2.9 Enabling the WriteCache .............................................. 5-29 5.3 Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility ................. 5-30 5.3.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (Stripe) ...................................... 5-31 5.3.2 Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirror) ...................................... 5-33 5.3.3 Creating a RAID 10 set (Stripe Mirror) ....................... 5-34 5.3.4 Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) ...................................... 5-35 5.3.5 Deleting a RAID set ...................................................... 5-36 5.3.6 Resetting disks to Non-RAID ........................................ 5-37 5.3.7 Exiting the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager .................... 5-37 5.4 Global Array Manager ................................................................ 5-38
vi Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.1 RAID driver installation ............................................................... 6-1 6.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk ............................................ 6-1 6.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver ................................ 6-2 6.2 Intel chipset software installation ............................................ 6-1 1 6.3 LAN driver installation ............................................................... 6-14 6.3.1 Windows 2000/Server 2003 .......................................... 6-14 6.3.2 Red Hat/SuSE Linux ..................................................... 6-17 6.4 VGA driver installation ............................................................... 6-18 6.4.1 Windows 2000/Server 2003 .......................................... 6-18 6.5 Management applications and utilities installation ................ 6-21 6.5.1 Running the support CD ............................................... 6-21 6.5.2 Drivers menu ................................................................. 6-21 6.5.3 Management Software menu ........................................ 6-22 6.5.4 Utilities menu ................................................................ 6-22 6.5.5 Contact information ....................................................... 6-22 Appendix: Block diagrams A.1 DSBV -D block diagram ................................................................ A-1 A.2 PHLASH16.EXE and memory managers .................................... A-2 Contents
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturer â s instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîÂÂcations to this unit not expressly appro ved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user âÂÂs authority to operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical safety ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company . ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately . ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠Avoid dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer .
ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conîÂÂguring the motherboard. How this guide is organized This user guide contains the following parts: ⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technologies it supports. ⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the switches, jumpers, and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. ⢠Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration This chapter provides instructions for setting up, creating, and conîÂÂguring RAID sets using the available utilities. ⢠Chapter 6: Driver installation This chapter provides instructions for installing the necessary drivers for different system components. ⢠Appendix: Reference information This appendix includes additional information that you may refer to when conîÂÂguring the motherboard. Where to îÂÂnd more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. Optional documentation Y our product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty îÂÂyers, that may have been added by your dealer . These documents are not part of the standard package.
x Conventions used in this guide T o make sure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. Typography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater- than sign means that you must press the enclosed key . Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format A:/S DANGER/W ARNING : Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION : Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
xi DSBV-D speciî¿cations summary (continued on the next page) CPU Chipset Front Side Bus Memory Expansion slots Storage Discrete graphics LAN Dual LGA771 sockets for Intel î Xeon⢠Dual Core processors Supp ort s In tel î Extended Memory 64T echnology (EM64T) Supports Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology (5000 series support H.T .; 5100/5300 series DO NOT support H.T .) MCH : Intel î 5000V ICH : Intel î 6321ESB 1333/1066/667 MHz Dual-channel memory architecture 6 x 240-pin FB-DIMM sockets support registered ECC fully buffered DDR2-533/DDR2-667 memory modules with Advanced Memory Buffer (AMB chip) Supports 256 MB up to 24 GB system memory 1 x PCI Express⢠x16 slot (x8 link) 1 x PCI Express⢠x8 slot (x4 link) 3 x PCI-X 133/100 MHz 1 x PCI 33 MHz/32-bit/5V slot 1 x DDR2 SO-DIMM socket for ASUS server management board 3 series (ASMB3) Intel î 6321ESB supports: - 1 x Ultra DMA 100/66/33 channel - 6 x SA T A II (300 MB/s) - Intel î Matrix Storage with RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, and RAID 5 conîÂÂguration - LSI MegaRAID controller with RAID 0, RAID 1, and RAID 0 1 conîÂÂguration A TI î ES1000 PCI display controller - Supports 32 MB display memory Intel î 82563EB Network Connection (Dual-port) - Supports Intel I/O Acceleration T echnology (IOA T)
xii DSBV-D speciî¿cations summary *SpeciîÂÂcations are subject to change without notice. USB Special features BIOS features Rear panel Internal connectors Power requirement Form factor Support CD contents Intel î 6321ESB supports: - 4 U SB 2 .0 /1 .1 p or ts ( 2 on t h e re ar p an el , 2 on the front panel) ASUS Smart Fan Control ASUS Smart Fan2 Control ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 PHOENIX BIOS, 8 Mb FWH, Green, PnP , DMI, WfM2.0, ACPI 2.0a, SMBIOS 2.3 1 x PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 1 x PS/2 mouse port (green) 2 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x Serial port 1 x VGA port 2 x LAN (RJ-45) ports 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector 6 x Serial A T A connectors 1 x Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) 1 x USB connector (10-1 pin USB34) 1 x Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) 1 x Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUMB1) 1 x Parallel port connector (26-1 pin LPT1) 1 x System panel connector (20-1 pin P ANEL1) 1 x Auxiliary panel connector (20-2 pin AUX-P ANEL1) SSI power connectors (24-pin, 8-pin, and 4-pin) CPU (x2), rear (x2), front (x4), and FB-DIMM (x1) fan connectors SSI power supply (with 24-pin/4-pin/8-pin 12V plugs) for LGA771-socket Intel î Xeon Dual Core processors (Bensley-VS platform) SSI CEB form factor: 12 in x 10.5 in (30.5 cm x 26.7 cm) Device drivers ASUS Update Utility ASUS Server Web-based Management (ASWM) ADOBE Acrobat Reader ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Flash utility under DOS
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS DSBV -D Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Serial number label ...................................................................... 1-1 1.4 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS DSBV -D 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS î DSBV -D motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below . 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . DSBV -D Retail Pack DSBV -D Bulk Pack Cables SA T A Signal Cable 6 -- SA T A Power Cable 3 -- 2-in-1 (IDE&Floppy) Cable Set 1 -- Accessories IO Shield 1 1 CEK Spring 2 2 Application CDs Support CD 1 1 Documentation User Guide 1 1 Packing Qty . 3pcs per Caton 10pcs per Carton 1.3 Serial number label Before requesting support from the ASUS T echnical Support team, you must take note of the motherboardâÂÂs serial number containing 12 characters such as xxM0Axxxxxxx. See the îÂÂgure below . With the correct serial number of the product, ASUS T echnical Support team members can then offer a quicker and satisfying solution to your problems. xxM0Axxxxxxx DSBV -D
1-2 Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.4 Special features 1.4.1 Product highlights Latest processor technology The motherboard comes with two LGA-771 sockets that support Dual-Core Intel î Xeon⢠processors with 1333/1066/667 MHz Front Side Bus (FSB). Dual-core processors contain two physical CPU cores to meet demands for more powerful processing. Intel î Xeon⢠processors incorporate the Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology and Extended Memory 64-bit T echnology (EM64T). The EM64T enables the support for 64-bit operation system, such as 64-bit Windows î and Linux. See page 2-9 for details. Intel î 5000V and Intel î 6321ESB chipset The Intel î 5000V Memory Controller Hub (MCH) and the Intel î 6321ESB provide the vital interfaces for the motherboard. The MCH provides the processor , dual-channel FB-DIMM memory support, and PCI Express interfaces. The Intel î 6321ESB is a new generation server class I/O controller hub that provides the interface for PCI 2.3, PCI Express, and PCIX. Intel î EM64T The motherboard supports Intel î processors with the Intel î EM64T (Extended Memory 64 T echnology). The Intel î EM64T feature allows your computer to run on 64-bit operating systems and access larger amounts of system memory for faster and more efîÂÂcient computing. Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) The Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST) intelligently manages the CPU resources by automatically adjusting the CPU voltage and core frequency depending on the CPU loading and system speed or power requirement. FB-DIMM memory support This motherboard supports fully buffered DIMMs (FB-DIMMs), the latest memory solution that extends memory capacity and provide high-speed, high-density system memory peformance. FB-DIMMs use Advanced Memory Buffer (AMB) chips that transmit signals between the memory modules and controllers with improved signal integrity and reduced errors. See page 2-14 for details.
ASUS DSBV -D 1-3 PCI Express⢠interface Th e m oth erb oa rd fu lly s up por ts PCI E xp res s, the latest I/O interconnect technology that speeds up the PCI bus. PCI Express features point-to-point serial interconnections between devices and allows higher clockspeeds by carrying data in packets. This high speed interface is software compatible with existing PCI or PCI-X speciîÂÂcations. See page 2-22 for details. 82563 LAN solution The motherboard comes with a dual-port 82563EB network co nnection to provide a total solution for your networking needs. See page 2-29 for the location of the LAN ports. See section 2.6 Jumpers for details on Gigabit LAN settings. Serial A T A II technology The mothe rboard suppo rts t he Serial ATA II 3 Gb/s technology through 6321ESB Serial A T A interfaces. The Serial A T A II speciîÂÂcation provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial A T A products with a host of new features, including Native Command Queuing (NCQ), Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm, and Hot Swap. Serial A T A allows thinner , more îÂÂexible cables with lower pin count and reduced voltage requirements. See page 2-31 for details. USB 2.0 technology The motherboard implements the Universal Serial Bus (USB) 2.0 speciîÂÂcation, dramatically increasing the connection speed from the 12 Mbps bandwidth on USB 1.1 to a fast 480 Mbps on USB 2.0. USB 2.0 is backward compatible with USB 1.1. See pages 2-29 and 2-32 for details. T emperature, fan, and voltage monitoring The CPU temperature is monitored by the W83793G chip to prevent overheating and damage. The system fan rotations per minute (RPM) is monitored for timely failure detection. The chip monitors the voltage levels to ensure stable supply of current for critical components. See page 4-29 for details. Intel î IOA T Intel î I/O Acceleration T echnology (IOA T) is an integrated server platform I/O solution that addresses all segments of the server I/O bottleneck problem using TCP/IP without requiring any modiîÂÂcation of existing or future applications. Intel î IOA T is a system-wide solution that increases CPU efîÂÂciency and delivers data to/from applications faster than current server platforms.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.4.2 Innovative ASUS features CrashFree BIOS 2 This feature allows you to restore the original BIOS data from the support CD in case when the BIOS codes and data are corrupted. This protection eliminates the need to buy a replacement ROM chip. See page 4-3 for details. ASUS Smart Fan technology The ASUS Smart Fan technology smartly adjusts the fan speeds according to the system loading to ensure quiet, cool, and efîÂÂcient operation. See page 4-31 for details. ASUS MemCool FB-DIMM Fan Kit (optional) With this optional fan kit, the platform gets optimal performance and the best possible FB-DIMM thermal environment.
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS DSBV-D Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-9 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-14 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-20 2.6 Jumpers ...................................................................................... 2-24 2.7 Switch .......................................................................................... 2-32 2.8 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-33
ASUS DSBV -D 2-1 2.1 Before you proceed T ake note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Unplug the power cord from the wall socket before touching any component. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity . ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. ⢠Before you install or remove any component, ensure that the power supply is switched off or the power cord is detached from the power supply . Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard, peripherals, and/or components. DSBV-D DSBV -D Onboard LED ON OFF 12V4LED1 A TX12V2 unplugged A TX12V2 plugged ON OFF SB_PWR1 Standby Power Powered Off (red) (green) Onboard LED
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the conîÂÂguration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard îÂÂts into it. T o optimize the motherboard features, we highly recommend that you install it in an SSI EEB 3.61 compliant chassis. 2.2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sur e that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear p art of the chassis as indicated in the image below . 2.2.2 Screw holes Place six (6) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Do not overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. Make sure to unplug the chassis power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components! Place this side towards the rear of the chassis DSBV-D
ASUS DSBV -D 2-3 2.2.3 Support kits for the motherboard For additional protection from motherboard breakage due to the weight of the CPU heatsinks, your motherboard pa ckage comes with CEK springs th at you can use as weight support. Install the CEK springs before installing the motherboard. T o install the CEK spring: 1. Locate the CPU heatsink holes on the motherboard. 2. Position the CEK spring underneath the motherboard, then match the CEK spring hooks to the CPU1 heatsink holes. Heatsink hole Socket for CPU2 Socket for CPU1 Hook Each CEK spring has four hooks to match the designated holes around the CPU area. If your chassis is SSI EEB 3.61 compliant, we recommend that you use the CEK springs; otherwise, use the support plates kit.
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 4. Press the lower spring clips inward, then insert to the lower CPU heatsink holes until they snap in place. 5. If you installed a second CPU, repeat steps 2 to 4 to install the CEK spring to the CPU2 heatsink holes. The CEK springs appear as shown when installed. CEK spring screw hole 3. Press the upper spring hooks inward, then insert to the upper CPU heatsink holes until they snap in place.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-5 6. Before installing the motherboard into the chassis, locate the standoffs that should match the eight (8) CEK spring screw holes. 8. Secure the motherboard with six (6) screws. Refer to section âÂÂ2.2.2 Screw holesâ for illustration. Make sure that the standoffs perfectly match the CEK spring screw holes; otherwise, you can not install the CPU heatsinks properly . 7. Install the motherboard with the external I/O ports toward the chassis rear panel. The CPU sockets should be right on top of their respective standoffs. Standoffs for CPU1 Standoffs for CPU2 Socket for CPU2 Socket for CPU1
2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 Motherboard layouts DSBV -D 8Mb FWH KBPWR1 A TXPWR1 FLOPPY1 A TI ES1000 BUZZER1 COM2 Super I/O CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power PANEL1 PS/2 T : Mouse B: Keyboard USB1 USB2 RJ-45 (LAN1) A TX12V1 CPU_FAN1 Intel î 6321ESB PSUSMB1 BPSMB1 AUX_PANEL1 HDLED1 USB34 USBPW34 LAN_BW1 LPT1 USBPW12 DSBV-D ASMB3 Intel î 5000V PCIE1 FB-DIMM_00 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) 26.7cm (10.5in) 30.5cm (12in) COM1 VGA1 PCIE2 PCIX5 PCIX4 PCI3 PCIX6 REAR_F AN2 A TX12V2 PRI_IDE1 FRNT_F AN2 SAT A 2 SAT A1 SGIOP1 RECOVERY1 VGA_EN1 LAN_EN1 DIP_SW1 RJ-45 (LAN2) FB-DIMM_01 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) FB-DIMM_02 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) FB-DIMM_10 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) FB-DIMM_1 1 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) FB-DIMM_12 (64/72 bit, 240-pin module) CPU1 CPU2 FRNT_FAN1 FRNT_FAN4 FRNT_F AN3 CPU_F AN2 REAR_FAN1 CLRTC1 FBD_FAN1 RAID_SEL1 SAT A4 SAT A 3 SAT A 6 SAT A 5 Intel î 82563EB 12V4LED1 SB_PWR1
ASUS DSBV -D 2-7 2.2.5 Layout contents Slots/Sockets Page 1. CPU sockets 2-9 2. FB-DIMM sockets 2-14 3. PCI-X slots 2-22 4. DDR2 SODIMM socket 2-22 5. PCI Express x8 slot 2-23 6. PCI Express x16 slot 2-23 Jumpers Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLR TC1) 2-24 2. LAN bandwidth setting (3-pin LAN_BW1) 2-25 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34) 2-25 4. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) 2-26 5. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_EN1) 2-26 6. LAN controller setting (3-pin LAN1_EN1) 2-27 7. Intel î 6321ESB SA T A port S/W RAID setting (3-pin RAID_SEL1) 2-27 8. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVERY1) 2-28 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-29 2. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-29 3. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 2-29 4. Serial (COM1) port 2-29 5. Video Graphics Adapter port 2-29 6. LAN (RJ-45) ports 2-29 Switch Page 1. DIP switches (DIP_SW1) 2-33
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY1) 2-30 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-30 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1, SA T A2, SA T A3, 2-31 SA T A4, SA T A5, SA T A6 ) 4. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) 2-31 5. USB connector (10-1 pin USB34) 2-32 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) 2-32 7. CPU and system fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN1/2, 2-33 REAR_F AN1/2, FRNT_F AN1/2/3/4, FBD_F AN1) 8. Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) 2-33 9. SSI po wer con nec tor s ( 24- pi n A TXPW R1, 8-pin A TX12V1, 2-34 4-pin A TX12V2) 10. Parallel port connector (26-1 pin LPT1) 2-35 1 1. Backplane SMBus co nne cto r (6-1 pin BPSMB1) 2-35 12. Serial General Purpose Input/Output connector 2-36 13. System panel connector (20-1 pin P ANEL1) 2-40 14. System panel auxiliary connector (20-2 pin AUX_P ANEL1) 2-38
ASUS DSBV -D 2-9 2.3.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA771 socket designed for the Intel î Xeon î Dual Core processor . Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. ⢠Y our boxed Intel î Xeon î LGA771 processor package should come with installation instructions for the CPU and heatsink. If the instructions in this section do not match the CPU documentation, follow the latter . ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA771 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/ incorrect removal of the PnP cap. DSBV-D DSBV -D CPU LGA771 CPU1 CPU2
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and foreîÂÂnger to a 100ú angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). T o prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 5. Position the CPU over the soc ket, making s ure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket. The socket alignment key should îÂÂt into the CPU notch. Alignment key Gold triangle mark Load plate A B 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Load lever This side of the socket box should face you. PnP cap A B
ASUS DSBV -D 2-1 1 Notes on Intel î Hyper-Threading T echnology ⢠This motherboard supports Intel î Xeon⢠CPUs in the 771-land package with Hyper-Threading T echnology . ⢠Hyper-Threading T echnology is supported by Intel î 5000 series CPU only . 5100/5300 series DO NOT support Hyper-Threading. ⢠Hyper-Threading T echnology is supported under Windows î XP/2003 Server and Linux 2.4.x (kernel) and later versions only . Under Linux, use the Hyper-Threading compiler to compile the code. If you are using any other operating systems, disable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in the BIOS to ensure system stability and performance. ⢠In sta llin g W ind ows î 2003 Server or later version is recommended. ⢠Make sure to enable the Hyper-Threading T echnology item in BIOS before installing a supported operating system. ⢠For more information on Hyper-Threading T echnology , visit www.intel. com/info/hyperthreading. T o use the Hyper-Threading T echnology on this motherboard: 1. Install an Intel î Xeon⢠CPU that supports Hyper-Threading T echnology . 2. Power up the system and enter the BIOS Setup (see Chapter 4: BIOS setup). Under the Advanced Menu, make sure that the item Hyper-Threading T echnology is set to Enabled. The item appears only if you installed a CPU that supports Hyper-Threading T echnology . 3. Reboot the computer . The CPU îÂÂts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. A B
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information The Intel î Xeon⢠processors require an Intel certiîÂÂed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. When you buy a boxed Intel CPU, the package includes the heatsink, fan, retention brackets, screws, thermal grease, installation manual, and other items that are necessary for CPU installation. 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan ⢠Make sure that you have applied the thermal grease to the top of the CPU before installing the heatsink and fan. ⢠Refer to the installation manual that came with the CPU package for details on heatsink/fan assembly and installation. T o install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four screws on the heatsink align with the nuts on the support plate. CPU heatsink (top view) CPU heatsink (bottom view) Heatsink screw Before installing the CPU heatsinks, ensure that the jumpers DIP_SW1 are set correctly depending on the pin deîÂÂnition of your CPU fan cables. Refer to page 2-19 for information on these jumpers.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-13 Do not forget to connect the CPU fan cable! Hardware monitoring errors may occur if you fail to plug this connector . 2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten the four heatsink screws in a diagonal sequence. 3. Connect the fan cable to the 4-pin connector labeled CPU_F AN1. 4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 to install the other heatsink if you have installed a second CPU, then connect the fan cable to the 4-pin connector labeled CPU_F AN2. CPU_F AN1 connector
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with six fully-buffered DIMM (FB-DIMM) sockets to support 240-pin FB-DIMM modules. An FB-DIMM module has a different pin-out from DDR2 DIMMs so you cannot install DDR2 DIMMs on an FB-DIMM socket. Note that an FB-DIMM socket has an Advanced Memory Buffer (AMB) chip that allows memory-to-CPU connection at gigabit speed. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the FB-DIMM sockets: 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations Y ou may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB, and 4 GB registered ECC FB-DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. ⢠For optimum compatibility , we recommend that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . Refer to the QualiîÂÂed V endors List on the ASUS web site. ⢠This motherboard does not support memory modules made up of 128 Mb chips or double-rank x16 memory modules. ⢠If you are installing only one memory module, install into the white socket labeled DIMM_00. Installing into any other socket will not work. DSBV-D DSBV -D 240-pin FB-DIMM sockets FB-DIMM_01 FB-DIMM_00 1 12 Pins 128 Pins FB-DIMM_10 FB-DIMM_02 FB-DIMM_12 FB-DIMM_11
ASUS DSBV -D 2-15 Rank population DIMM 12 DIMM 1 1 DIMM 10 DIMM 02 DIMM 01 DIMM 00 Channel Slot 0 Slot 1 Ch:0 Slot 2 Slot 0 Slot 1 Slot 2 Ch:1 MCH DIMM installation reference table ⢠DIMMs in pair means two DIMMs with the same conîÂÂguration. ⢠For better performance, same conîÂÂguration DIMMs should be installed on the same slot number for each channel. For example, you may install the same type of DIMMs in DIMM_00, and DIMM_10. No. of DIMMs Slot/s to use 1 DIMM_00 2 DIMM_00, DIMM_10 4 DIMM_00, DIMM_01, DIMM_10, DIMM_1 1 6 DIMM_00, DIMM_01, DIMM_02, DIMM_10, DIMM_1 1, DIMM_12
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.3 Memory sparing technology The Intel î 5000V chipset supports the memory sparing technology . Refer to the below sections: Memory Sparing : At conîÂÂguration time, a DIMM rank is set aside to replace a defective DIMM rank. When the error rate for a failing DIMM rank reaches a pre-determined threshold, the memory sparing function will issue an interrupt and initiate a spare copy . At the completion of the copy , the failing DIMM rank is disabled and the âÂÂsparedâ DIMM rank will be used in its place. Refer to 4.4.2 Chipset ConîÂÂguration and conîÂÂgure the options of Branch 0 Rank Sparing to enable the memory sparing functions. And the default BIOS setting is disabled. ⢠The DIMM rank with the largest size will be assigned as spare rank. Data can only be copied from a smaller sized rank to a larger sized one. ⢠A DIMM can contain only one or two ranks. T o support sparing function, a DIMM channel should contain at least two ranks. ⢠When sparing function is enabled, the usable memory size will reduce then size of the spare ranks. Channel 0 Channel 1 DIMM_00 (2048MB/2 Ranks) DIMM_10 (2048MB/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Sparing V V Memory space 1024 MB 1024 MB T otal Memory 2048 MB The following tables show memory conîÂÂgurrations with Memory Sparing function in Branch 0. One DIMM per channel (Dual ranks)
ASUS DSBV -D 2-17 Channel 0 Channel 1 DIMM_00 (1024MB/2 Ranks) DIMM_10 (1024MB/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 1 (512 MB) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 1 (512 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_01 (2048MB/2 Ranks) DIMM_1 1 (2048MB/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Sparing V V Memory space 1024 MB 1024 MB T otal Memory 4096 MB T wo DIMM per channel (Dual ranks) Channel 0 Channel 1 DIMM_00 (512MB/1 Ranks) DIMM_10 (512MB/1 Ranks) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 0 (512 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_01 (1024MB/1 Ranks) DIMM_1 1 (1024MB/1 Ranks) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Sparing V V Memory space T otal Memory 1024 MB T wo DIMM per channel (Single rank)
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information Three DIMMs per channel (Dual ranks) Channel 0 Channel 1 DIMM_00 (1024/2 Ranks) DIMM_10 (1024/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_01 (1024MB/2 Ranks) DIMM_1 1 (1024MB/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 1 (512 MB) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 1 (512 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_02 (2048MB/2 Ranks) DIMM_12 (2048MB/2 Ranks) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 1 (1024 MB) Sparing V V Memory space 1024 MB 1024 MB T otal Memory 6144 MB Three DIMMs per channel (Single ranks) Channel 0 Channel 1 DIMM_00 (512MB/1 Rank) DIMM_10 (512MB/1 Rank) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 0 (512 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_01 (1024MB/1 Rank) DIMM_1 1 (1024MB/1 Rank) Rank 0 (512 MB) Rank 0 (512 MB) Sparing Memory space 512 MB 512 MB DIMM_02 (1024MB/1 Rank) DIMM_12 (1024MB/1 Rank) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Rank 0 (1024 MB) Sparing V V Memory space T otal Memory 2048 MB
ASUS DSBV -D 2-19 2.4.4 Installing a DIMM Make sure to unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. T o install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.5 Removing a DIMM T o remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A FB-DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îÂÂts in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠Thesockets do not support DDR/DDR2 DIMMs. DO NOT install DDR/DDR2 DIMMs to the FB-DIMM sockets. Support the DIMM lightl y with your îÂÂngers when pressing the reta ining cl ips. The DIMM might get damaged when it îÂÂips out with extra force. 3 1 1 FB-DIMM notch 2 2 1 1
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information The FB-DIMMs generate heat during continued operation. T o ensure optimum thermal condition and performance, install the optional MemCool FB-DIMM fan. T o install the optional FB-DIMM fan: 1. Locate the three FB-DIMM fan holes on the motherboard. 2.4.6 Installing the optional MemCool FB-DIMM fan 2. Disengage the fan top cover from the fan base. Y ou can do this by îÂÂrmly gripping the top cover by the clamps to release the hooks, then pull up the top cover carefully until it separates from the fan base. T op cover hook T op cover clamp Fan base Do not remove the fan from the fan base. 3. Position the fan base over the DIMMs, and insert the fan base legs into the FB-DIMM holes until the legs are securely in place. ⢠For instructional purposes only , no FB-DIMM is installed on any of the slots. ⢠For 2U or above models, we suggest you to install MemCool FB-DIMM fan for better cooling effect and system performance.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-21 5. Connect the fan cable to the black 4-pin connector labeled FBD_F AN1. 4. Position top cover over the fan base. Insert the top cover legs into the slot on the fan base legs. Push down carefully until the legs are securely in place and the top cover hooks snap in place. Make sure the cables pass through the notch on the fan base as shown.
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.7 Uninstalling the optional MemCool FB-DIMM fan 1. Unplug the fan cable. 2. Grip the top cover clamps until the top cover hooks are released, then carefully lift the top cover while supporting the fan base with your free hand. T op cover clamp 3. Carefully lift the fan base.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-23 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press îÂÂrmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier . 6. Replace the system cover . 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, conîÂÂgure the it by adjusting the software settings. 1. T urn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any . See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conîÂÂicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable.
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments Standard interrupt assignments IRQ Priority Standard Function 0 1 System T imer 1 2 Keyboard Controller 2 â Re-direct to IRQ#9 3 1 1 Communications Port (COM2)* 4 12 Communications Port (COM1)* 5 13 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 6 14 Floppy Disk Controller 7 15 Printer Port (LPT1)* 8 3 System CMOS/Real T ime Clock 9 4 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 10 5 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 1 1 6 IRQ holder for PCI steering* 12 7 PS/2 Compatible Mouse Port* 13 8 Numeric Data Processor 14 9 Primary IDE Channel 15 10 Secondary IDE Channel * These IRQs are usually available for ISA or PCI devices.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-25 2.5.5 DDR2 SODIMM socket The DDR2 SODIMM socket on the motherboard supports an ASUS î Server Management Board 3 Series (ASMB3). SODIMM socket 2.5.4 PCI-X slots The PCI-X slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI 2.3 and PCI-X 1.0 speciîÂÂcations. PCI-X slot
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.6 PCI Express x8 slot (x4 link) The onboard PCI Express x8 slot provides x4 link to the ESB. This slot is designed for various server class high performance I/O add-on cards like SCSI RAID card, îÂÂber-channel card, etc. PCI Express x8 slot 2.5.7 PCI Express x16 slot (x8 link) This motherboard supports PCI Express I/O cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. PCI Express x16 slot
ASUS DSBV -D 2-27 Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLR TC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! 2.6 Jumpers 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC1) This jumper allows you to clear the Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and s ystem setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include system setup information such as system passwords. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. T urn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery . 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Reinstall the battery . 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. DSBV-D DSBV -D Clear RTC RAM CLRTC1 Normal (Default) Clear CMOS 1 2 2 3
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34) Set these jump ers to 5V to w ake up the com puter from S1 s leep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S4 sleep mode (no power to CPU, DRAM in slow refresh, power supply in reduced power mode). ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system will not power up. ⢠If you are using Windows î 2000, you need to install Service Pack 4 to wake up the system from S4 sleep mode. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. 2. LAN bandwidth setting (3-pin LAN_BW1) This jumper allows you to set the LAN bandwidth setting for more efîÂÂcient IP load distribution. DSBV-D DSBV -D LAN bandwidth setting LAN_BW1 Balanc ed mode (Default) Centric mode 2 3 1 2 DSBV-D DSBV -D USB device wake up USBPW12 (Default) 5V 5VSB 3 2 2 1 USBPW34 (Default) 5V 5VSB 3 2 2 1
ASUS DSBV -D 2-29 4. Keyboard power (3-pin KBPWR1) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar). This feature requires an A TX power supply that can supply at least 1A on the 5VSB lead, and a corresponding setting in the BIOS. 5. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_EN1) These jumpers allow you to enable or disable the onboard VGA controller . Set to pins 1-2 to activate the VGA feature. DSBV-D DSBV -D Keyboard power setting KBPWR1 (Default) 5V 5VSB 3 2 2 1 DSBV-D DSBV -D VGA setting VGA_EN1 1 2 2 3 Enable (Default) Disable
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. LAN controller setting (3-pin LAN_EN1) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the onboard Intel î 6321 Gigabit LAN controller . Set to pins 1-2 to activate the Gigabit LAN feature. 7. Intel î 6321ESB SA T A port S/W RAID setting (3-pin RAID_SEL1) This jumper allows you to select the Serial A T A RAID conîÂÂguration utility to use when you create disk arrays. Both utilities are supported by the Intel î 6321ESB. Place the jumper caps on pins 1-2 if you want to use the LSI MegaRAID Serial A T A RAID utility (default); otherwise, place the jumper caps on pins 2-3 to use the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager (IMSM). DSBV-D DSBV -D LAN1_EN setting LAN1_EN1 1 2 2 3 Enable (Default) Disable DSBV-D DSBV -D 6321ESB SA T A port S/W RAID setting RAID_SEL1 3rd party RAID (Intel î IMSM) 3rd party RAID (LSI MegaRAID) (Default) 1 2 2 3
ASUS DSBV -D 2-31 8. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVER Y1) This jumper allows you to quickly update or recover the BIOS settings when it becomes corrupted. T o update the BIOS: 1. Prepare a îÂÂoppy disk that contains the latest BIOS for the motherboard and the Phoenix Phlash16 utility . Make sure you download the correct BIOS for your motherboard model. 2. Set the jumper to pins 2-3. 3. Insert the îÂÂoppy disk then turn on the system to update the BIOS. 4. Shut down the system. 5. Set the jumper back to pins 1-2. 6. T urn on the system. DSBV-D DSBV -D BIOS recovery setting RECOVERY1 (Default) Normal BIOS Recovery 1 2 2 3
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information DSBV-D DSBV -D DIP switches DIP_SW1 ON:4-PIN F AN OFF:3-PIN F AN SW1:CPU_F AN1 SW2:CPU_F AN2 SW3:FRNT_F AN1 SW4:FRNT_F AN2 SW5:FRNT_F AN3 SW6:FRNT_F AN4 SW7:REAR_F AN1 SW8:REAR_F AN2 ON(Default) OFF ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1. DIP switches (DIP_SW1) This switch allows you to set up the fan connections. Set the switch to ON if you are using a 4-pin fan (PWM fan) cable plug, or to OFF if you are using a 3-pin (PC fan) plug. 2.7 Switch The following table shows the corresponding switch for each fan connector . Switch Fan connector 1 CPU_F AN1 2 CPU_F AN2 3 FRNT_F AN1 4 FRNT_F AN2 5 FRNT_F AN3 6 FRNT_F AN4 7 REAR_F AN1 8 REAR_F AN2 ⢠If you use a 4-pin fan but set the DIP switch for a 3-pin fan, the fan you installed may not work. ⢠If you use a 3-pin fan but set the DIP switch for a 4-pin fan, the fan controll will not work and the fan you installed will always run at full speed.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-33 2.8 Connectors 2.8.1 Rear panel connectors LAN port LED indications ACT/LINK LED SPEED LED Status Description Status Description OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1000 Mbps connection LAN port SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED 4. Serial (COM1) port. This 9-pin communication port is for pointing devices or other serial devices. 5. Video Graphics Adapter port. This port is for a VGA monitor or other VGA- compatible devices. 6. LAN (RJ-45) ports. These ports allow Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. 3. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 1 2 3 6 4 5
2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) This connector is for an Ultra DMA 100/66 signal cable. The Ultra DMA 100/66 signal cable has three connectors: a blue connector for the primary IDE connector on the motherboard, a black connector for an Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE slave device (optical drive/hard disk drive), and a gray connector for an Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE master device (hard disk drive). If you install two hard disk drives, you must conîÂÂgure the second drive as a slave device by setting its jumper accordingly . Refer to the hard disk documentation for the jumper settings. 2.8.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY1) This connector is for the provided îÂÂoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector , then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector . This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. DSBV-D NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY1 DSBV -D Floppy disk drive connector DSBV-D DSBV -D IDE connector PRI_IDE1 P IN 1 NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1.
ASUS DSBV -D 2-35 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1, SA T A2, SA T A3, SA T A4, SA T A5, SA T A6 ) These connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A hard disk drives. 4. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) This connector is used to connect to a hard disk drive active LED connector on the SCSI or RAID card. DSBV-D SA T A 2 SA T A1 DSBV -D SA T A connectors SA T A4 SA T A3 SA T A 6 SA T A5 GN D RS AT A_ TXP1 RS AT A_ TXN1 GN D RS AT A_ RXN1 RS AT A_ RXP1 GN D GN D RS AT A _ TXP2 RS AT A _ TXN2 GN D RS AT A_ RXN2 RS AT A_ RXP2 GN D GN D RS AT A_ TXP3 RS AT A _ TXN3 GN D RS AT A_ RXN3 RS AT A_ RXP3 GN D GN D RS AT A_ TXP4 RS AT A_ TXN4 GN D RS AT A_ RXN4 RS AT A_ RXP4 GN D GN D RS AT A_ TXP5 RS AT A _ TXN5 GN D RS AT A_ RXN5 RS AT A_ RXP5 GN D GN D RS AT A _ TXP6 RS AT A _ TXN6 GN D RS AT A_ RXN6 RS AT A_ RXP6 GN D DSBV-D DSBV -D storage card activity LED connector HDLED1 PIN1 ADD_IN_CARD- NC NC ADD_IN_CARD-
2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The serial port module is purchased separately . 5. USB connector (10-1 pin USB34) This connector is for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. This USB connector complies with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. The USB port module is purchased separately . DSBV-D DSBV -D USB connector USB34 Power PIN1 USB PortA(-) USB PortA( ) GND Power USB PortB(-) USB PortB( ) GND NC DSBV-D DSBV -D Serial port connectors PIN1 COM2
ASUS DSBV -D 2-37 7. CPU and system fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN1/2, REAR_F AN1/2, FRNT_F AN1/2/3/4, FBD_F AN1) The fan connectors support cooling fans of 350 mA ~ 740 mA (8.88 W max.) or a total of 2.1 A ~ 4.44 A (53.28 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. InsufîÂÂcient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! 8. Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) This connector is for the power supply SMB cable, if your power supply supports the SMBus function. DSBV-D DSBV -D Fan connectors CPU_FAN1 CPU_F AN2 REAR_FAN1 REAR_F AN2 FRNT_FAN1 FRNT_F AN2 FRNT_F AN3 FRNT_FAN4 FBD_FAN1 CPU_F AN1 CPU_F AN2 GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control REAR_F AN1 REAR_F AN2 GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control FRNT_F AN1 FRNT_F AN2 FRNT_F AN3 FRNT_F AN4 FBD_F AN1 GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control GND FAN Power FAN Speed PWM Control DSBV-D DSBV -D Power supply SMBus connector PSUSMB1 3.3V Remote Sense GND NC I2CDA T I2CCLK
2-38 Chapter 2: Hardware information 9. SSI power connectors (24-pin A TXPWR1, 8-pin A TX12V1, 4-pin A TX12V2) These connectors are for SSI power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to îÂÂt these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îÂÂrmly until the connectors completely îÂÂt. ⢠For a fully conîÂÂgured system, we recommend that you use an SSI 12 V -compliant power supply unit (PSU) for LGA771-socket Intel î Xeon Dual Core processors (Bensley platform). ⢠Do not forget to conne ct the 24 8 4-pin power plugs; otherwise, th e system will not boot up. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output i s recommended when con îÂÂguring a system with more power consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠Y ou must install a PSU with a higher power rating if you intend to install additional devices. DSBV-D DSBV -D A TX power connectors 8-PIN GND 12V1 GND 12V1 GND 12V2 GND 12V2 24-PIN Power Connector A TXPWR1 A TX12V1 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 4-PIN A TX12V2 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground
ASUS DSBV -D 2-39 10. Parallel port c onn ect or (2 6-1 pin LPT1) This connector is for a parallel port. Connect the parallel port module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. DSBV-D DSBV -D Parallel port connector LPT1 SPD7 GND SPD6 GND SPD5 GND SPD4 GND SLCT PE GND BUSY ACK# GND SPD3 GND SPD2 SLIN# SPD1 PINIT# SPD0 ERROR# STB# AFD# GND PIN1 1 1. Backplane SMBus co nne cto r (7-1 pin BPSMB1) This connector allows you to connect SMBus (System Management Bus) devices. Devices communicate with an SMBus host and/or other SMBus devices using the SMBus interface. DSBV-D DSBV -D BPSMB connector BPSMB1 PIN1 12CDA T P2 GND F AN_PWM 5V I2CCLK P2 F AN_DC1
2-40 Chapter 2: Hardware information 12. Serial General Purpose Input/Output connector (6-1 pin SGPIO1) This connector is used to the SGPIO peripherals for the LSI MegaRAID SA T A LED. DSBV-D DSBV -D SGPIO connector SGPIO1 PIN1 GND SA T A_SCLK SA T A_SLOAD SDA T AOUT1 SDA T AOUT0 13. System panel connector (20-1 pin P ANEL1) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. The system panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. DSBV-D DSBV -D System panel connector P ANEL1 MLED- GND NC POWERBTN# 5V GND GND NC POWERLED IDELED NC IDELED- POWERLED- MLED NMIBTN# GND RESETBTN# SPKROUT GND
ASUS DSBV -D 2-41 ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (Y ellow 2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power . ⢠Message button (Brown 2-pin MLED) This 2-pin co nnector is f or the message LED which indicates t he booting status. The LED blinks when the system is in the booting process until the operating system is loaded. Connect the message LED cable to this connector . ⢠Non-Masked Interrupt button (Light blue 2-pin MNIBTN) This 2-pin connector is for the non-masked interrupt initiation.
2-42 Chapter 2: Hardware information 14. System panel auxiliary connector (20-2 pin AUX_P ANEL1) This connector is for additional front panel features including fro nt panel SMB, locator LED and switch, chassis intrusion, and LAN LEDs. DSBV-D DSBV -D System panel auxiliary connector AUX_P ANEL1 I2C_4_D A TA # LOCA T ORLED1 5VSB LOCA TORLED1- LAN1_LINK LOCA T ORBTN# LAN1_ACT GND 5VSB I2C_4_CLK# GND GND LAN2_ACT LOCA T ORLED2- LAN2_LINK LOCA T ORLED2 CASEOPEN PIN1 NC 1 2 2 5 4 3 4 1 Front panel SMB (6-1 pin FPSMB) These leads connect the front panel SMBus cable. 2 LAN activity LED (2-pin LAN1_LINKACTLED, LAN2_LINKACTLED) These leads are for Gigabit LAN activity LEDs on the front panel. Connect the LAN Activity LED cables to these connectors. The LEDs blink during a network activity and are always lit when linked. 3 Chassis intrusion (4-1 pin CHASSIS) These leads are for the intrusion detection feature for chassis with intrusion sensor or microswitch. When you remove any chassis component, the sensor triggers and sends a high-level signal to these leads to record a chassis intrusion event. 4 Locator LED (2-pin LOCA TORLED1 and 2-pin LOCA TORLED2) These leads are for the locator LED1 and LED2 on the front panel. Connect the Locator LED cables to these 2-pin connector . The LEDs will light up when the Locator button is pressed. 5 Locator Button/Swich (2-pin LOCA TORBTN) These leads are for the locator button on the front panel. This button queries the state of the system locator .
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS DSBV -D Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2
ASUS DSBV -D 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the î¿rst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector . 5. T urn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. System power 6. After applying power , the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems withA TX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the A TX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST . While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you tu rned on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. Phoenix BIOS beep codes Beep Description Error Endless beep Memory module missing One continuous beep followed by VGA controller failure short beeps T wo short beeps PCI resource assignment error 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Turning off the computer 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î 2000/2003: 1. Click the Start button then click Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP: 1. Click the Start button then select T urn Off Computer . 2. Click the T urn Off button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
Chapter summary 4 ASUS DSBV -D 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-8 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-12 4.4 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-18 4.5 Server menu ............................................................................... 4-38 4.6 Security menu ............................................................................ 4-41 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-43 4.8 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-45
ASUS DSBV -D 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup: 1. Phoenix Phlash16 BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.) 2. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (T o recover the BIOS using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk when the BIOS îÂÂle fails or gets corrupted.) 3. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. 4.1.1 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. b. Click Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My Computer . c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File from the menu, then select Format. A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options îÂÂeld, then click Start. Windows î 2000 environment T o create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or Phoenix Phlash16 BIOS utilities. Refer to page 4-3 for details.
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Do not turn off or reset the system during the îÂÂashing process! c. Click Start, then select Run. d. From the Open îÂÂeld, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk. 4.1.2 Updating the BIOS using the Phoenix Phlash16 Utility The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the Phoenix Phlash16 Utility . Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility . 1. Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS web site. Rename the îÂÂle to BIOS.WPH. Save the îÂÂle to a îÂÂoppy disk. Make sure you copy the correct BIOS îÂÂle for the speciîÂÂc model of your motherboard. Save only the updated BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS îÂÂle. 2. Copy the Phoenix Phlash16 (phlash16.exe) utility from the Software folder of the support CD to the îÂÂoppy disk with the latest BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable îÂÂoppy disk you created earlier . 4. When the A:> appears, replace the bootable îÂÂoppy disk with the îÂÂoppy disk containing the new BIOS îÂÂle and the Phoenix Phlash16 Utility . 5. At the prompt, type the following command string: phlash16 /mode=3 BIOS. WPH. 6. The Phoenix Phlash16 Utility automatically updates the BIOS. 7. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. Make sure you remove the îÂÂoppy disk from the drive
ASUS DSBV -D 4-3 4.1.3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS îÂÂle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Y ou can update a corrupted BIOS îÂÂle using a îÂÂoppy disk. Prepare a îÂÂoppy disk before using this utility . Recovering the BIOS from a îÂÂoppy disk T o recover the BIOS from a îÂÂoppy disk: 1. Insert the motherboard îÂÂoppy disk to a PC, then boot from the support CD; the screen will show several optional items. 2. Select the item â Create the emergent BIOS Recovery disketteâÂÂ. 3. After the îÂÂoppy disk is created, put this disk in the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then turn on the machine. 4. The utility displays the following messa ge and automatically c hecks the îÂÂoppy for the recovery information. A) FreeDOS command prompt B) Create INTEL 6321 MATRIX STORAGE MANAGER for Windows 32 bit Driver Disk. (Also support AHCI.) C) Create INTEL 6321 MATRIX STORAGE MANAGER for Windows 64 bit Driver Disk. (Also support AHCI.) D) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for Win2k Driver Disk E) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for WinXP/Win2k3 32 bit Driver Disk F) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for WinXP/Win2k3 64 bit Driver Disk G) Create the emergent BIOS Recovery diskette H)î îÂÂîÂÂESB2îÂÂASFîÂÂî¿rmwareîÂÂupdate Please choose A TO H: 5. When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. RN50 DDR1 A21 BIOS
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Phoenix Phlash16 Utility Version 1.6.1.9 Copyright (c) Phoenix Technologies Ltd., 2005 Performing the following function Load Image File BIOS.WPH Verify interface information Backup system BIOS ROM î CheckîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂmemoryîÂÂtype(s) Flash memory block: Save block Restore block .......................... Zero out block .......................... î î EraseîÂÂblockîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂ. î î ProgramîÂÂblockîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ.âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ î î VerifyîÂÂblockîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ.âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Flash programming complete 6. When the utility completes the updating process, a message appears, informing you that the îÂÂash memory has been programmed successfully . Phoenix Phlash16 Status Flash memory has been successfully programmed PRESS ANY KEY TO RESTART THE SYSTEM If the system does not restart TURN THE POWER OFF, THEN ON Flash part: SST49LF008A DeviceID: 5a Mfr.ID: bf Ready to restart the system 00:00:00 (1E) DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! Phoenix Phlash16 Utility Version 1.6.1.9 Copyright (c) Phoenix Technologies Ltd., 2005 Performing the following function Load Image File BIOS.WPH Verify interface information Backup system BIOS ROM î CheckîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂmemoryîÂÂtype(s) Flash memory block: Save block Restore block Zero out block Erase block Program block Verify block Flash programming complete 30% Read in IdentifyingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂmemoryîÂÂpartîÂÂtype 00:00:00 (18)
ASUS DSBV -D 4-5 Installing ASUS Update T o install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.4 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility i s available in the support CD that comes wit h the motherbo ard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility . The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this motherboard. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle. 7. Press the power button for more than four seconds to turn off the system.
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet T o update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-7 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window , then click Save. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîÂÂguring your system, or prompted to âÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the îÂÂrst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.8 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-9 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîÂÂguration Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Server For changing the advanced server settings Security For changing the security settings Boot For changing the system boot conîÂÂguration Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp <Tab>, <Shift Tab>, or <Enter>îÂÂselectsîÂÂî¿eld. System Date [04/19/2006] System Time [15 : 30 : 36] Floppy A [1.44/1.25 MB 3 1/2 âÂÂ] î IDEîÂÂConî¿gurationîÂÂî IDE Channel 0 Master [None] IDE Channel 0 Slave [None] SATA Port 1 [None] SATA Port 2 [None] SATA Port 3 [None] SATA Port 4 [None] System Information Legend bar General help Menu bar Sub-menu items ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conîÂÂgurable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window .â 4.2.3 Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar . The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Function <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F9> Loads setup default values <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a sub-menu Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between îÂÂelds Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted îÂÂeld <F10> Saves changes and exit
ASUS DSBV -D 4-1 1 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. 4.2.8 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief de scription of the selected it em. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp <Tab>, <Shift Tab>, or <Enter>îÂÂselectsîÂÂî¿eld. System Date [04/19/2006] System Time [15 : 30 : 36] Floppy A [1.44/1.25 MB 3 1/2 âÂÂ] î IDEîÂÂConî¿gurationîÂÂî IDE Channel 0 Master [None] IDE Channel 0 Slave [None] SATA Port 1 [None] SATA Port 2 [None] SATA Port 3 [None] SATA Port 4 [None] System Information Pop-up menu Disabled 360 Kb 5 1/4 â 1.2 MB 5 1/4 â 720 Kb 3 1/2 â 1.44/1.25 MB 3 1/2 â 2.88 MB 3 1/2 âÂÂ
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 4.3.1 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.2 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.3 Floppy A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [360 Kb 5 1/4âÂÂ] [1.2 MB 5 1/4âÂÂ] [720 Kb 3 1/2â ] [1.44/1.25 MB 3 1/2âÂÂ] [2.88 MB 3 1/2âÂÂ] Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp <Tab>, <Shift-Tab>, or <Enter>îÂÂselectsîÂÂî¿eld. System Date [06/16/2006] System Time [15 : 30 : 36] Floppy A [1.44/1.25 MB 3 1/2 âÂÂ] î IDEîÂÂConî¿gurationîÂÂî IDE Channel 0 Master [None] IDE Channel 0 Slave [None] SATA Port 1 [None] SATA Port 2 [None] SATA Port 3 [None] SATA Port 4 [None] System Information
ASUS DSBV -D 4-13 4.3.4 IDE ConîÂÂguration F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Write protects boot sector on hard disk to protect against viruses. IDEîÂÂConî¿guration Fixed disk boot sector: [Normal] î S-ATAîÂÂConî¿guration Fixed disk boot sector [Normal] Setting this item to [Write Protect] prevents write access to the boot sector on the hard disk to protect against viruses. The defaul setting [Normal] allows write access. ConîÂÂguration options: [Normal] [Write Protect] S-A T A ConîÂÂguration F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Enable the PATA S-ATAîÂÂConî¿guration Parallel ATA [Enabled] Serial ATA [Enabled] SATA Controller Mode Option [Enhanced] SATA RAID Enable [Disabled] SATA AHCI Enable [Disabled] Parallel A T A [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the parallel A T A function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Serial A T A [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Serial A T A function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A Controller Mode Option [Enhanced] Allows selection of the Seri al A T A operation mode depending on the operating system (OS) that you installed. When you set this item to Enhanced Mode, Serial A T A and Parallel A T A devices are auto-detected and placed in native IDE mode. Set to Enhanced Mode if you are using native OS, such as Windows î 2000/XP . When you set this item to Compatible Mode, Serial A T A and Parallel A T A devices are auto-detected and placed in legacy mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Compatible] [Enhanced] The following items appear only if you set the SA T A Controller Mode Option item to [Enhanced]. SA T A RAID Enable [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Serial A T A RAID function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A AHCI Enable [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Serial A T A AHCI function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ⢠AHCI mode item will support only under Windows environment. ⢠Due to the driver limitation, you will not îÂÂnd any SA T A driver if you install Fedora core 4.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-15 4.3.5 IDE Channel 0 Master/Slave; SA T A Port 1/2/3/4 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp IDE Channel 0 Master Type: [Auto] Multi-Sector Transfers [Disabled] LBA Mode Control [Disabled] 32 Bit I/O [Disabled] Transfer Mode [Standard] Ultra DMA Mode [Disabled] T ype [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to Auto allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CD-ROM] if you are speciîÂÂcally conîÂÂguring a CD-ROM drive. Select [A T API Removable] if your device is either a ZIP , LS-120, or MO drive. Select [User] to manually enter the parameters of the device. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [User] [Other A T API] [IDE Removable] [CD-ROM] [A T API Removable] ⢠Except for 32 Bit I/O item, the following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when the T ype item is not set to [Auto]. ⢠For items that have no sub-menu, you have to use -/ for values changing. Multi-Sector T ransfers [Disabled] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to 2~16 Sectors, the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [2 Sectors] [4 Sectors] [8 Sectors] [16 Sectors]r LBA Mode Control [Disabled] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to Enabled enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously formatted with LBA mode disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 32 Bit I/O [Disabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Auto = Autotying. None = Disabling drive. ATAPI Removable = ATAPI media (e.g., LS120, USB Floppy, USB Zip). CD-ROM = CD-ROM drive. IDE Removable = IDE removable media (e.g., IDE Zip drive). Other ATAPI = Other ATAPI media. User = You supply the hard disk drive type.
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup T ransfer Mode [Stadard] Allows you to select the mothod for the data transferring if the hard disk supports this feature. ConîÂÂgur ation op tions: [Standa rd] [Fa st PIO 1] [Fast PIO 2] [Fast PIO 3] [Fast P IO 4] [FPIO 3 / DMA 1] [FPIO 4 / DMA2] Ultra DMA Mode [Disabled] When this item is set to [Mode 0-5], the UDMA capability allows improved transfer speeds and data integrity for supported IDE devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] [Mode 5] 4.3.6 System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system speciîÂÂcations. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp The detailed information for CPUs System Information Model Name DSBV-D Model ID 8032A0 ASUS-BIOS Version 1004 Date 11/15/2006 Processor Information System Memory Information Model Name/Model ID Displays the ASUS internal model information. ASUS BIOS Displays the BIOS revision and build date. The items in this menu are non-user conîÂÂgurable.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-17 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp All items on this menu cannotîÂÂbeîÂÂmodiî¿edîÂÂinîÂÂuserî mode. If any items require changes, please consult your system Supervisor. Processor Information *** CPU1 : Brand Intel(R) Xeon(TM) CPU 2.83GHz Speed 2.800GHz Ratio Actual 17 Max 17 Cache L1/32 KB L2/4096 KB ID/uCode 0F64h/02h Processor Information Displays the auto-detected CPU speciîÂÂcation. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp All items on this menu cannotîÂÂbeîÂÂmodiî¿edîÂÂinîÂÂuserî mode. If any items require changes, please consult your system Supervisor. System Memory Information Speed : DDR2 533 Total Memory: 1024MB DIMM_00-- 1024MB, AMB Temperature: 18 DIMM_01-- None DIMM_02-- None DIMM_10-- None DIMM_11-- None DIMM_12-- None System Memory Information Displays the auto-detected system memory information.
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Options for CPU WARNING: Setting wrong value in below sections may cause system to malfunction. Advanced Processor Options î ChipsetîÂÂConî¿guration î PCIîÂÂConî¿guration ICH USB Control Sub-Menu î PeripheralîÂÂDevicesîÂÂConî¿guration î ACPIîÂÂConî¿guration î PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂConî¿guration Hardware Monitor 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. 4.4.1 Advanced Processor Options F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Conî¿guresîÂÂtheîÂÂMPî Speciî¿cationîÂÂrevisionî level. Some operating systems will require 1.1 for compatibility reasons. Advanced Processor Options MultiprocessorîÂÂSpeciî¿cationî î [1.4] Frequency Ratio [Default] Hyperthreading: [Enabled] Intel(R) Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced Scroll down to display the following item: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit Advanced Processor Options Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] Intel EIST support: [Enabled] ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Multiprocessor SpeciîÂÂcation [1.4] Allows you to conîÂÂgure the MP SpeciîÂÂcation revision level. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.1] [1.4] The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5000 series CPU.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-19 Frequency Ratio [Default] Allows you to select the processor frequency ratio. ConîÂÂguration options: [Default] [X 12] [X 13] [X 14] [X 15] [X 16] [X 17] Hyperthreading: [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Intel î Hyperthreading T echnology feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel(R) Virtualization T echnology [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable C1E mode. In C1E mode, the CPU power consumption is lower when idle. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Enable this item to boot legacy operating systems that cannot support CPUs with extended CPUID functions. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Conî¿guresîÂÂtheîÂÂMPî Speciî¿cationîÂÂrevisionî level. Some operating systems will require 1.1 for compatibility reasons. Advanced Processor Options MultiprocessorîÂÂSpeciî¿cationî î [1.4] Numbers of Stop Grant [Per Core] Intel(R) Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] Thermal Management 2 [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced Scroll down to display the following item: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit Advanced Processor Options Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] Intel EIST support: [Enabled] ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Multiprocessor SpeciîÂÂcation [1.4] Allows you to conîÂÂgure the MP SpeciîÂÂcation revision level. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.1] [1.4] The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5100 series CPU. Numbers of Stop Grant [Per Core] ConîÂÂguration options: [Per Core] [Single] Intel(R) Virtualization T echnology [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel EIST support [Enabled] Enables or disables EIST support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-21 Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Thermal Management 2 [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable C1E mode. In C1E mode, the CPU power consumption is lower when idle. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Enable this item to boot legacy operating systems that cannot support CPUs with extended CPUID functions. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel EIST support [Enabled] Enables or disables EIST support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Conî¿guresîÂÂtheîÂÂMPî Speciî¿cationîÂÂrevisionî level. Some operating systems will require 1.1 for compatibility reasons. Advanced Processor Options MultiprocessorîÂÂSpeciî¿cationî î [1.4] Numbers of Stop Grant [Per Core] Intel(R) Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] Thermal Management 2 [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced Scroll down to display the following item: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit Advanced Processor Options Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] Intel EIST support: [Enabled] ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Multiprocessor SpeciîÂÂcation [1.4] Allows you to conîÂÂgure the MP SpeciîÂÂcation revision level. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.1] [1.4] The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5300 series CPU. Numbers of Stop Grant [Per Core] ConîÂÂguration options: [Per Core] [Single] Intel(R) Virtualization T echnology [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Machine Checking [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Fast String Operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Compatible FPU Code [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Split Lock operations [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-23 Thermal Management 2 [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] C1 Enhanced Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable C1E mode. In C1E mode, the CPU power consumption is lower when idle. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] No Execute Mode Mem Protection [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set Max Ext CPUID = 3 [Disabled] Enable this item to boot legacy operating systems that cannot support CPUs with extended CPUID functions. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Echo TPR [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Discrete MTRR Allocation [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Intel EIST support [Enabled] Enables or disables EIST support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4.2 Chipset ConîÂÂguration This menu shows the chipset conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu with the conîÂÂguration options. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Select ECC error conditions that SERR# be asserted. ChipsetîÂÂConî¿guration î CrystalîÂÂBeachîÂÂConî¿gureîÂÂEnableî î [Enabled] SERR Signal Condition [None] Demand Scrub Enable [Enabled] Patrol Scrub Enable [Enabled] 4GB PCI Hole Granularity [256 MB] Memory Branch Mode [Interleave] Branch 0 Rank Interleave [4:1] Branch 0 Rank Sparing [Disabled] Enhanced x8 Detection [Enabled] î ForceîÂÂITKîÂÂConî¿gîÂÂClockingî î [Disabled] FBDIMM(s) Thermal Throttling [Open Loop] Open Loop Type [Best Performan] Environment Temperature [025 úC] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced Crystal Beach ConîÂÂgure Enable [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ConîÂÂguration/Memory mapped accesses to the Crystal Beach ConîÂÂguration space located in Device 8, Fn 0, and Fn 1. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SERR Signal Condition [None] Allows you to select the ECC error that the SERR# asserts. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Single Bit] [Multiple Bit] [Both] Demand Scrub Enable [Enabled] Enables or disables the Demand Scrubbing. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Patrol Scrub Enable [Enabled] Enables or disables the Patrol Scrubbing. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4GB PCI Hole Granularity [256 MB] Allows you to select the granularity of the PCI hole for PCI resource. ConîÂÂguration options: [256 MB] [512 MB] [1.0 GB] [2.0 GB] F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit Temperature Rise [025 úC] FBDIMM(s) Air Flow [2.0] Scroll down to display the following item:
ASUS DSBV -D 4-25 Memory Branch Mode [Interleave] Allows you to select the memory branch mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Sequential] [Interleave] [Mirror] [Single channel 0] Branch 0 Rank Interleave [4:1] Allows you to select the Branch 0 Rank Interleave. ConîÂÂguration options: [1:1] [2:1] [4:1] Branch 0 Rank Sparing [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Branch 0 rank/DIMM Sparing feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Enhanced x8 Detection [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the enhanced x8 DRAM UC error detection. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Force ITK ConîÂÂg Clocking [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the FBD conîÂÂguration for ITK test suite. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] FBDIMM(s) Thermal Throttling [Open Loop] Allows you to disable or set the thermal throttling control. ConîÂÂguration options: [Open Loop] [Close Loop] [ASUS MemCool Fan] [Disabled] Open Loop T ype [Best Performance] Allows you to select the Open Loop T ype. ConîÂÂguration options: [Best Performance] [Best Acoustic] [User DeîÂÂne] The following items appear when you set the Open Loop T ype to [User DeîÂÂne]. Environment T emperature [025 úC] Allows you to select the Environment T emperature value. ConîÂÂguration options: [020 úC]~[040 úC] T emperature Rise [025 úC] Allows you to select the T emperature Rise value. ConîÂÂguration options: [010 úC]~[030 úC] FBDIMM(s) Air Flow [2.0] Allows yout to select the Air Flow value. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.0] [1.5]~[4.5] [5.0]
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Select âÂÂYesâ if you want to clear the Extended System Conî¿guration Data (ESCD) area. PCIîÂÂConî¿guration ResetîÂÂConî¿gurationîÂÂDataî î [No] Plug & Play OS [No] Palette Snooping [Disabled] PCIE1 Slot PCIE2 Slot PCI3 Slot PCIX4 Slot PCIX5 Slot PCIX6 Slot PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.3 PCI ConîÂÂguration This menu shows the PCI conîÂÂgur ation settings. Select an item th en press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Reset ConîÂÂguration Data [No] This item allows you to clear the Extended System ConîÂÂguration Data (ESCD) area. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es] Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Y es] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the palette snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-27 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Initialize device expansion ROM PCIE1 Slot Optional ROM Scan: [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced PCIE1/2 Slot; PCI3 Slot; PCIX4/5/6 Slot Allows you to conîÂÂgure the speciîÂÂc PCI devices. Optional ROM Scan [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the device expansion ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Enable USB host controller. ICH USB Control Sub-Menu USB Function [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Legacy USB Support: [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.4 ICH USB Control Sub-Menu The items in this menu allow you to display the USB conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. USB Function [Enabled] Allows you to enable the USB host controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only if you enable the USB Function item. USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to e nable or disab le the USB 2.0 control ler . Setting th is item to [En abled] allows the built-in high speed USB support in the BIOS to turn on automatically when you install high speed USB devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Legacy USB Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). Setting to [Enabled] allows the system to detect the presence of USB devices at startup. If detected, the USB controller legacy mode is enabled. if no USB device is detected, the legacy USB support is disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-29 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp PeripheralîÂÂDevicesîÂÂConî¿guration COM1 port : [Enabled] Base I/O address: [3F8] Interrupt: [IRQ 4] COM2 port: [Enabled] Mode: [Normal] Base I/O address: [2F8] Interrupt: [IRQ 3] Parallel port: [Enabled] Base I/O address: [378] Interrupt: [IRQ 7] Mode: [ECP] DMA channel [DMA 3] Floppy disk controller [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.5 Peripheral Devices ConîÂÂguration This menu shows the peripheral devices conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. COM1 port [Enabled] Allows you to conîÂÂgure COM1 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Base I/O address [3F8] Allows you to select the base I/O address for COM1 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [3F8] [2F8] [3E8] [2E8] Interrupt [IRQ 4] Allows you to set the interrupt for COM1 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [IRQ 3] [IRQ 4] COM2 port [Enabled] Allows you to conîÂÂgure COM2 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Mode [Normal] Allows you to set the mode for COM2 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Normal] [IR] [ASK-IR] Base I/O address [2F8] Allows you to select the base I/O address for COM2 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [3F8] [2F8] [3E8] [2E8] Confugure COM1 port using options: [Disabled] îÂÂîÂÂNoîÂÂconî¿guration [Enabled] îÂÂîÂÂUserîÂÂconî¿guration [Auto] BIOS or OS chooses îÂÂîÂÂconî¿guration (OS Controlled) Displayed when controlled by OS
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Interrupt [IRQ 3] Allows you to set the interrupt for COM2 port. ConîÂÂguration options: [IRQ 3] [IRQ 4] Parallel port [Enabled] Allows you to conîÂÂgure the parallel port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Base I/O address [378] Allows you to select the base I/O address for the parallel port. ConîÂÂguration options: [378] [278] [3BC] Interrupt [IRQ 7] Allows you to set the interrupt for the parallel port. ConîÂÂguration options: [IRQ 5] [IRQ 7] Mode [ECP] Allows you to set the mode for the parallel port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Output only] [Bi-directional] [EPP] [ECP] DMA channel [DMA 3] Allows you to set the DMA channel for the parallel port. ConîÂÂguration options: [DMA 1] [DMA 3] Floppy disk controller [Enabled] Allows you to conîÂÂgure the îÂÂoppy disk controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-31 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Enable RSDP pointers to 64-bit Fixed System Description Tables. ACPIîÂÂConî¿guration ACPI Version Features [ACPI v1.0] Headless Mode [Disabled] ACPI EMS Support [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.6 ACPI ConîÂÂguration This menu shows the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. ACPI V ersion Features [ACPI v1.0] Allows you to enable RSDP pointers to 64-bit îÂÂxed system description tables. ConîÂÂguration options: [ACPI v1.0] [ACPI v2.0] [ACPI v3.0] Headless Mode [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the headless operation mode through ACPI. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACPI EMS Support [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ACPI EMS support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Conî¿guresîÂÂtheîÂÂsystemîÂÂstateî after recovering from power failure. PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂConî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Last State] Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power On By PME# [Disabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.7 Power On ConîÂÂguration This menu shows the power conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Restore on AC Power Loss [Last State] When set to [Power Off], the system goes into âÂÂof f stateâ after an AC power interruption. When set to [Power On], the system turns on automatically after a power interruption. When set to [Last State], the system goes into whatever was the system state (on or off) before the power interruption. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to use speciîÂÂc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Power On By PME# [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME and onboard LAN to generate a wake-up event. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake-up event. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-33 The following items appear only if you enable the Power On By RTC Alarm item. RTC Alarm Date [0] T o set the date of alarm, highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a date chart. Press < > or <-> to change scroll through the options, then press <Enter> when done. The default setting [0] is equivalent to everyday alarm. ConîÂÂguration options: [0] [1] ~ [31] RTC Alarm Date [00 : 00 : 00] T o set the time of alarm: 1. Press < > or <-> to set the desired value. 2. Use the left/right arrow key or press <T ab> to move to the next îÂÂeld. 3. Press <Enter> when done. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Domain 0 Temperature 39 o C/102 o F CPU1 Domain 1 Temperature 29 o C/84 o F CPU2 Domain 0 Temperature 0 o C/32 o F CPU2 Domain 1 Temperature 0 o C/32 o F SYSTEM1 Temperature 39 o C/102 o F SYSTEM2 Temperature 29 o C/84 o F CPU_FAN1 Speed 2925 RPM CPU_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN1 Speed N/A FRN_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN3 Speed N/A FRN_FAN4 Speed N/A REAR_FAN1 Speed N/A REAR_FAN2 Speed N/A Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.4.8 Hardware Monitor This menu shows the hardware monitor conîÂÂguration settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5000 series CPU.
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Scroll down to display more items: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Domain 0 Target Temperature [075] CPU1 Domain 1 Target Temperature [075] CPU2 Domain 0 Target Temperature [075] CPU2 Domain 1 Target Temperature [075] SYSTEM1 Target Temperature [060úC] SYSTEM2 Target Temperature [060úC] FBD_FAN1 Speed N/A VCORE0 Voltage 1.25 V VCORE1 Voltage 1.25 V VTT 1.21 V 1.5V 1.56 V 1.8V 1.79 V 3V 3.28 V 12V 11.91 V 5V 4.87 V 5VSB 4.96 V VBAT 3.10 V PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced CPU1/2 Domain 0/1 T emperature, SYSTEM1/2 T emperature, CPU_F AN1/2 Speed, FRN_F AN1/2/3/4 Speed, REAR_F AN1/2 Speed These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable. If no fan is installed, the îÂÂeld shows 0 RPM. Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] Allows you to disable or conîÂÂgure the Smart Fan feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Smart Fan] [Smart Fan II] CPU1/2 Domain 0/1 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target CPU temperature at which the CPU fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [54]~[76] SYSTEM1/2 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target sytem temperature at which the system fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [39]~[60] FBD_F AN1 Speed, VCORE0/1 V oltage, VTT , 1.5V , 1.8V , 3V , 12V , 5V , 5VSB, VBA T These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable.
ASUS DSBV -D 4-35 The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5100 series CPU. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Throttle Temperature Margin 39 o C/102 o F CPU2 Throttle Temperature Margin 29 o C/84 o F SYSTEM1 Temperature 39 o C/102 o F SYSTEM2 Temperature 29 o C/84 o F CPU_FAN1 Speed 2925 RPM CPU_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN1 Speed N/A FRN_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN3 Speed N/A FRN_FAN4 Speed N/A REAR_FAN1 Speed N/A REAR_FAN2 Speed N/A Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced Scroll down to display more items: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Throttle Temperature Margin [060] CPU2 Throttle Temperature Margin [060] SYSTEM1 Target Temperature [050] SYSTEM2 Target Temperature [050] FBD_FAN1 Speed N/A VCORE0 Voltage 1.25 V VCORE1 Voltage 1.25 V VTT 1.21 V 1.5V 1.56 V 1.8V 1.79 V 3V 3.28 V 12V 11.91 V 5V 4.87 V 5VSB 4.96 V VBAT 3.10 V PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced CPU1/2 T emperature, SYSTEM1/2 T emperature, CPU_F AN1/2 Speed, FRN_F AN1/2/3/4 Speed, REAR_F AN1/2 Speed These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable. If no fan is installed, the îÂÂeld shows 0 RPM. Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] Allows you to disable or conîÂÂgure the Smart Fan feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Smart Fan] [Smart Fan II] CPU1/2 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target CPU temperature at which the CPU fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [54]~[76]
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup The following screens appear when you install Intel î 5300 series CPU. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Temperature 39 o C/102 o F CPU2 Temperature 29 o C/84 o F SYSTEM1 Temperature 39 o C/102 o F SYSTEM2 Temperature 29 o C/84 o F CPU_FAN1 Speed 2925 RPM CPU_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN1 Speed N/A FRN_FAN2 Speed N/A FRN_FAN3 Speed N/A FRN_FAN4 Speed N/A REAR_FAN1 Speed N/A REAR_FAN2 Speed N/A Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced SYSTEM1/2 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target sytem temperature at which the system fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [39]~[60] FBD_F AN1 Speed, VCORE0/1 V oltage, VTT , 1.5V , 1.8V , 3V , 12V , 5V , 5VSB, VBA T These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable. Scroll down to display more items: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Full fan speed will be started when the temperature reaches the selected target value. Hardware Monitor CPU1 Target Temperature [060] CPU2 Target Temperature [060] SYSTEM1 Target Temperature [050] SYSTEM2 Target Temperature [050] FBD_FAN1 Speed N/A VCORE0 Voltage 1.25 V VCORE1 Voltage 1.25 V VTT 1.21 V 1.5V 1.56 V 1.8V 1.79 V 3V 3.28 V 12V 11.91 V 5V 4.87 V 5VSB 4.96 V VBAT 3.10 V PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Advanced
ASUS DSBV -D 4-37 CPU1/2 T emperature, SYSTEM1/2 T emperature, CPU_F AN1/2 Speed, FRN_F AN1/2/3/4 Speed, REAR_F AN1/2 Speed These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable. If no fan is installed, the îÂÂeld shows 0 RPM. Smart Fan Control [Smart Fan II] Allows you to disable or conîÂÂgure the Smart Fan feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Smart Fan] [Smart Fan II] CPU1/2 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target CPU temperature at which the CPU fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [54]~[76] SYSTEM1/2 T arget T emperature Allows you to set the target sytem temperature at which the system fan will start running if the fan is not yet turned on. ConîÂÂguration options: [39]~[60] FBD_F AN1 Speed, VCORE0/1 V oltage, VTT , 1.5V , 1.8V , 3V , 12V , 5V , 5VSB, VBA T These îÂÂelds show the auto-detected values and are not user-conîÂÂgurable.
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Additional setup menusîÂÂtoîÂÂconî¿gureî console. Console Redirection DMI Event Logging 4.5 Server menu This Server menu items allow you to customize the server features. F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp If enabled, it will use a port on the motherboard. Console Redirection Com Port Address [Disabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit 4.5.1 Console Redirection Com Port Address [Disabled] Allows you to disable or select the COM port to use. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [On-board COM1] [On-board COM2]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-39 The foll owing item s app ear o nly i f you set the C om Po rt Addre ss it em to [On- board COM1] or [On-board COM2]. Baud Rate [57.6K] Allows you to enable the speciîÂÂed baud rate. ConîÂÂguration options: [300] [1200] [2400] [9600] [19.2K] [38.4K] [57.6K] [1 15.2K] Console T ype [VT -UTF8] Allows you to enable the speciîÂÂed console type. ConîÂÂguration options: [VT100] [VT100, 8bit] [PC-ANSI, 7bit] [PC ANSI] [VT100 ] [VT -UTF8] [ASCII] Flow Control [None] Allows you to select the îÂÂow control for console redirection. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [XON/XOFF] [CTS/RTS] Console connection [Direct] Allows you to select the console connection. [Direct] indicates that the console is connected directed to the system. [Via modem] indicates that a modem is used to connect. ConîÂÂguration options: [Direct] [Via modem] Continue C.R. after POST [On] Set this item to [On] if you want console redirection to continue after the operating system has loaded. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] # of video pages to support [1] Allows you to set the number of video pages to allocate for console redirection when the video hardware is not available. Press <-> or < > to set the value, or enter the value using the numeric keypad. ConîÂÂguration options: [1] ~ [8]
4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp View the contents of the DMI event log. DMI Event Logging Event log validity V11alid Event log capacity Space Available View DMI event log [Enter] Event Logging [Enabled] ECC Event Logging [Enabled] Mark DMI events as read [Enter] Clear all DMI event logs [No] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit 4.5.2 DMI Event Logging Event log validity , Event log capacity Displays the auto-detected system information. View DMI event log [Enter] Press <Enter> to view the contents ofthe DMI event log. Event Logging [Enabled] Enables or disables to allows logging of DMI events. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ECC Event Logging [Enabled] Enables or disables to allows logging of ECC events. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Mark DMI events as read [Enter] Enter to mark all DMI events in the event log as read. Clear all DMI event logs [No] Allows you to keep or clear the DMI event log after rebooting. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-41 4.6 Security menu Supervisor Password Is [Clear] User Password Is [Clear] These îÂÂelds allow you to set passwords: T o set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. T ype in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha- numeric characters, then press <Enter>. 3. When prompted, conîÂÂrm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Set. T o clear the password: 1. Select the item Set Supervisor Password or Set User Password, depending on which password you want to clear . Press <Enter>. The following message appears: F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Supervisor Password controls access to the setup utility. Supervisor Password Is: Clear User Password Is: Clear Set Supervisor Password [Enter] Set User Password [Enter] Password Check [Setup] Password Lock Mode [Disabled] Removable Device Boot [Enabled] Flash Write [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Supervisor Password controls access to the setup utility. Supervisor Password Is: Clear User Password Is: Clear Set Supervisor Password [Enter] Set User Password [Enter] Password Check [Setup] Password Lock Mode [Disabled] Removable Device Boot [Enabled] Flash Write [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit Set Supervisor Password Enter Current Password [ ] Enter New Password [ ] îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂConî¿rmîÂÂNewîÂÂPasswordî îÂÂîÂÂ[îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ]
4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 2. In the Enter current password îÂÂeld, type in your current password. Press <Enter>. 3. The cursor moves to the next îÂÂeld, Enter new password. Press <Enter>. Do not type anything in this îÂÂeld. 4. The cursor moves to the next îÂÂeld, ConîÂÂrm new password. Press <Enter>. Do not type anything in this îÂÂeld. 5. When the conîÂÂrmation message âÂÂPassword has been changedâ appears, press <Enter>. The display returns to the Security menu. Note that the password îÂÂeld on top is changed to Clear . A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery . If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumpersâ for instructions. Password Check [Setup] This îÂÂeld requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [Always] Password Lock Mode [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], the keyboard is locked and the user has no privilege to launch the BIOS setup utility when installing adapter cards during option ROM initialization. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Removable Device Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable booting from a legacy îÂÂoppy , USB îÂÂoppy , or IDE optical drive. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Flash Write [Enabled] Set this item to [Disabled] to write-protect the BIOS îÂÂash memory . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-43 F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Specify the boot priority sequence of all boot devices. Boot Device Priority Boot Features 4.7 Boot menu PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Keys used to view or conî¿gureîÂÂdevices:îÂÂUpî and Down arrows select a device. < > and <-> moves the device up or down. <f> and <r> speciî¿esîÂÂtheîÂÂdeviceîÂÂasî î¿xedîÂÂorîÂÂremovable.î <x> excludes or includes the device to boot. <Shift 1> enables or disables the device. <1 - 4> Loads default boot sequence. Boot Device Priority Boot priority order: 1: Legacy Floppy Drives 2: PCI BEV: IBA GE Slot 0400 v 1236 3: PCI BEV: IBA GE Slot 0401 v 1236 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Excluded from boot order: PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority Refer to the following table for keys assigned to conîÂÂgure devices. Key/s Use this key to... <Up arrow> / select a device. <Down arrow> < > / <-> move the device up or down. <f> / <r> specify the device as îÂÂxed or removable. <x> exclude or include the device to boot. <Shift 1> enable or disable the device. <1 - 4> load default boot sequence.
4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Allows the BIOS to skip certain tests while booting. This will decrease the time needed to boot the system. Boot Features Quick Boot [Enabled] Full Logo Display [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] PS/2 Mouse [Auto Detect] Summary screen: [Enabled] POST Errors [Enabled] SETUP prompt [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit 4.7.2 Boot Features Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Logo Display [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [On] [Off] PS/2 Mouse [Auto Detect] Allows you to enable or disable support for PS/2 mouse. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto Detect] Summary screen: [Enabled] When this item is enabled, the system conîÂÂguration is displayed during POST . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] POST Errors [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system waits for the F1 key to be pressed when error occurs. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS DSBV -D 4-45 SETUP prompt [Enabled] When this item is set to Enabled, the system displays the message âÂÂPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Interrupt 19. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] F1 Help âÂÂâ Select Item -/ Change Values F9 Setup Defaults ESC Exit âÂÂâ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit ItemîÂÂSpeciî¿cîÂÂHelp Save any changes to CMOS, exit BIOS Setup then reboot system. Save Changes and Exit Discard Changes and Exit Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults 4.8 Exit menu PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Server Security Boot Exit Save Changes and Exit Select this op tion then press <Enter>, or s imply press <F1 0>, to save yo ur changes to CMOS before exiting the Setup utility . When a conîÂÂrmation window appears: ⢠select [Y es], then press <Enter> to save and exit. ⢠select [No], then press <Enter>, or s imply press <Esc>, to cancel the command and return to the Exit menu. Discard Changes and Exit Select this option then press <Enter> if you wish to exit the Setup utility without saving your changes. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears: ⢠select [Y es], then press <Enter> to discard your changes and exit. ⢠select [No], then press <Enter>, or s imply press <Esc>, to cancel the command and return to the Exit menu.
4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Discard Changes Select this option to discard the changes that you made, and restore the previously saved values. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears: ⢠select [Y es], then press <Enter> to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. ⢠select [No], then press <Enter>, or s imply press <Esc>, to cancel the command and return to the Exit menu. Load Setup Defaults Select this option then press <Enter>, or simply press <F9>, to load the optimized values for each of the Setup menu items. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears: ⢠select [Y es], then press <Enter> to load the default values. ⢠select [No], then press <Enter>, or s imply press <Esc>, to cancel the command and return to the Exit menu.
5 RAID conî¿guration This chapter provides instructions for setting up, creating, and conîÂÂguring RAID sets using the available utilities.
ASUS DSBV -D Chapter summary 5 5.1 Setting up RAID ............................................................................ 5-1 5.2 LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility .......................... 5-4 5.3 Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility ................. 5-31 5.4 Global Array Manager ................................................................ 5-39
ASUS DSBV -D 5-1 5.1 Setting up RAID The Intel î 6321ESB Southbridge chip comes with the LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Utility and the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager . These utilities support SA T A hard disk drives and allow creation of RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, or RAID 5 (Intel î Matrix Storage Manager only) conîÂÂguration. 5.1.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RA ID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 conîÂÂguration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity . The RAID 5 conîÂÂguration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. RAID 0 1 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 conîÂÂguration you get all the beneîÂÂts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a created RAID set, copy îÂÂrst the RAID driver from the support CD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive.
5-2 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.1.2 Installing hard disk drives The motherboard supports Serial A T A for RAID set conîÂÂguration. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . T o install the SA T A hard disks for RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SA T A hard disks into the drive bays following the instructions in the system user guide. 2. Connect a SA T A signal cable to the signal connector at the back of each drive and to the SA T A connector on the motherboard. 3. Connect a SA T A power cable to the power connector on each drive . 5.1.3 Setting the RAID item in BIOS Y ou must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set from SA T A hard disk drives attached to the SA T A connectors supported by the Intel î 6321ESB Southbridge chip. T o do this: 1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST . 2. Go to the Main Menu > IDE ConîÂÂguration > S-A T A ConîÂÂguration, then press <Enter>. 3. Set the SA T A Controller Mod e Option item t o [Enhanced], then press <En ter>. 4. Set the SA T A RAID Enable item to [Enabled]. 5. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. Refer to Chapter 4 for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup. 5.1.4 RAID conîÂÂguration utilities Depending on the RAID connectors that you use, you can create a RAID set using the utilities embedded in each RAID controller . For example, use the LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility or the Intel î Matrix Storage T echnology if you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives on the Serial A T A connectors supported by the Intel î 6321ESB Southbridge. Refer to the succeeding sections for details on how to use each RAID conîÂÂguration utility .
ASUS DSBV -D 5-3 3. The utility main window appears. Use the arrow keys to select an option from the Management Menu, then press <Enter>. Refer to the Management Menu descriptions on the next page. At the bottom of the screen is the legend box. The keys on the legend box allow you to navigate through the setup menu options or execute commands. The keys on the legend box vary according to the menu level. 5.2 LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility Th e L SI Log ic E mbe dde d SA TA RAI D S et up Ut ili ty a llo ws you t o cre ate RA ID 0 , R AID 1, or RA ID 10 set (s) f ro m S ATA ha rd d isk dr iv es co nne cte d to th e S ATA c onn ect ors su ppo rte d b y th e m oth er bo ard So uth br id ge chi p. T o enter the LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility: 1. T urn on the system after installing all the SA T A hard disk drives. 2. During POST , the LSI Logic Emb edded SA T A RAID Setup Utilit y automaticall y detects the installed SA T A hard disk drives and displays any existing RAID set(s). Press <Ctrl> <M> to enter the utility . The LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID auto conîÂÂgures to RAID 1 when the SA T A to RAID Mode is enabled.
5-4 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration Menu Description ConîÂÂgure Allows you to create RAID 0 or RAID 1 set using the Easy ConîÂÂguration or the New ConîÂÂguration command. This menu also allows you to view , add, or clear RAID conîÂÂgurations or select the boot drive Initialize Allows you to initialize the logical drives of a created RAID set Objects Allows you to initialize logical drives or change the logical drive parameters Rebuild Allows you to rebuild failed drives Check Consistency Allows you to check the data consistency of the logical drives of a created RAID set 5.2.1 Creating a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set The LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Setup Utility allows you to create a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set using two types of conîÂÂgurations: Easy and New . In Easy ConîÂÂguration, the logical drive parameters are set automatically including the size and stripe size (RAID 1 only). In New ConîÂÂguration, you manually set the logical drive parameters and assign the set size and stripe size (RAID 1 only). Using Easy ConîÂÂguration T o create a RAID set using the Easy ConîÂÂguration option: 1. From the utility main menu, highlight ConîÂÂgure, then press <Enter>. 2. Us e t he a rro w k eys t o sel ect E as y C onî gur at io n, the n p re ss <En ter >.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-5 4. Select all the drives required for the RAID set, then press <Enter>. The conîÂÂgurable array appears on screen. 3. The ARRA Y SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drives you want to include in the RAID set, then press <SpaceBar>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y], where X is the array number , and Y is the drive number. The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen.
5-6 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5. Press <F10>, select the conîÂÂgurable array , then press <SpaceBar>. Press <F10> again, the logical drive information appears including a Logical Drive menu that allows you to change the logical drive parameters.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-7 6. Select RAID from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 7. Select the RAID level from the menu, then press <Enter>. Yo u n eed at lea st two i den tica l h ard di sk d riv es whe n c re ati ng a RA ID 1 s et. 8. When creating a RAID 1 set, select DWC from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. When creating a RAID 0 set, proceed to step 10. 9. Select On to enable the Disk Write Cache setting, then press <Enter>. Enabling DWC can improve the performance, but with the risk of data loss.
5-8 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 10. When îÂÂnished setting the selected logical drive conîÂÂguration, select Accept from the menu, then press <Enter>. 1 1. When îÂÂnished setting the selected logical drive conîÂÂguration, sele ct Accept from the menu, then press <Enter>. 12. Follow steps 5 to 10 to conîÂÂgure additional logical drives. 13. When prompted, save the conîÂÂguration, then press <Esc> to return to the Management Menu.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-9 Using New ConîÂÂguration When a RAI D set i s alre ady exi sting, using the New C onîÂÂgura tion c ommand eras es the existi ng RAI D conîÂÂg uratio n data . If you d o not w ant to delete the exis ting R AID set , use the Vie w/Add ConîÂÂgu rati on com mand to view or crea te anot her RA ID conî gurati on. T o create a RAID set using the New ConîÂÂguration option: 1. From the utility main menu, highlight ConîÂÂgure, then press <Enter>. 2. Use the arrow keys to select New ConîÂÂguration, then press <Enter>. 3. Follow steps 3 to 7 of the previous section. 4. Select Size from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 5. Key-in the desired logical drive size, then press <Enter>. 6. Follow steps 8 to 13 of the previous section to create the RAID set.
5-10 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.2.2 Creating a RAID 10 set Y ou can create a RAID 10 set using four identical hard disk drives. T o create a RAID 10 set using the Easy ConîÂÂguration option: 1. From the utility main menu, highlight ConîÂÂgure, then press <Enter>. 2. Us e t he a rro w k eys t o sel ect E as y C onî gur at io n, the n p re ss <En ter >. 3. The ARRA Y SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drive(s) you want to include in the RAID set, then press <SpaceBar>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y], where X is the array number , and Y is the drive number . The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-1 1 4. Select all the drives required for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>. The conîÂÂgurable array appears on screen. 5. Press <F10>, select the conîÂÂgurable array , then press <SpaceBar>.
5-12 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration Press <F10> again, the logical drive information appears including a Logical Drive menu that allows you to change the logical drive parameters. 6. Select RAID from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 7. Select RAID 10 from the menu, then press <Enter>. Yo u ne ed a t le as t fo ur i de nti ca l ha rd d is k dr iv es w he n cr ea ti ng a R AID 1 0 se t. 8. Select DWC from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 9. Select On to enable the Disk Write Cache setting, then press <Enter>.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-13 10. When îÂÂnished setting the selected logical drive conîÂÂguration, select Accept from the menu, then press <Enter>. 1 1. When prompted, save the conîÂÂguration, then press <Esc> to return to the Management Menu.
5-14 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.2.3 Adding or viewing a RAID conîÂÂguration Y ou can add a new RAID conîÂÂguration or view an existing conîÂÂguration using the View/Add ConîÂÂguration command. Adding a new RAID conîÂÂguration T o add a new RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Fro m the Manage ment M enu, highli ght Co nîÂÂgure , the n p ress < Enter> . 2. Use the arrow keys to select View/Add ConîÂÂguration, then press <Enter>. 3. The ARRA Y SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drive(s) you want to include in the RAID set, then press <SpaceBar>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y], where X is the array number , and Y is the drive number . The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-15 4. Select all the drives required for the RAID set, then press <Enter>. The conîÂÂgurable array appears on screen. 5. Press <F10>, select the conîÂÂgurable array , then press <SpaceBar>. 6. Press <F10> again, and select RAID from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 7. Select the RAID level from the menu, then press <Enter>.
5-16 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 8. Follow steps 8 to 12 of the Creating a RAID set: Using Easy ConîÂÂguration section. 9. When prompted, save the conîÂÂguration, then press <Esc> to return to the Management Menu. 9. Follow steps 8 to 13 of the Creating a RAID set: Using Easy ConîÂÂguration section to add the new RAID conîÂÂguration.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-17 5.2.4 Initializing the logical drives After creating the RAID set(s), you must initialize the logical drives. Y ou may initialize the logical drives of a RAID set(s) using the Initialize or Objects command on the Management Menu. Using the Initialize command T o initialize the logical drive using the Initialize command: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Initialize, then press <Enter>. 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the logical drive to initialize. Use the arrow keys to select the logical drive from the Logical Drive selection, then press <Enter>.
5-18 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 3. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Y es from the Initialize? dialog box, then press <Enter>. Y ou may also press <F10> to initialize the drive without conîÂÂrmation. Initializing a logical drive(s) erases all data on the drive. 4. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-19 5. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>. Using the Objects command T o initialize the logical drives using the Objects command: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Objects, then press <Enter>.
5-20 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 2. Select Logical Drive from the Objects sub-menu, then press <Enter>. 3. Select the logical drive to initialize from the Logical Drives sub-menu, then press <Enter>. 4. Select Initialize from the pop-up menu, then press <Enter> to start initialization.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-21 5. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Y es from the Initialize? dialog box, then press <Enter>. Y ou may also press <F10> to initialize the drive without conîÂÂrmation. 6. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization. 7. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>.
5-22 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.2.5 Rebuilding failed drives Y ou can manually rebuild failed hard disk drives using the Rebuild command in the Management Menu. T o rebuild a failed hard disk drive: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Rebuild, then press <Enter>. 2. The PHYSICAL DRIVES SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SA T A ports. Select the drive you want to rebuild, then press <SpaceBar>.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-23 3. After selectin g the drive to rebuild, press <F10>. The indicator for the sele cted drive now shows RBLD. 4. When prompted, press <Y> to to rebuild the drive. 5. When rebuild is complete, press any key to continue.
5-24 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.2.6 Checking the drives for data consistency Y ou can check and verify the accuracy of data redundancy in the selected logical drive. The utility can automatically detect and/or detect and correct any dif ferences in data redundancy depending on the selected option in the Objects > Adapter menu. The Check Consistency command is available only for logical drives included in a RAID 1 set. Using the Check Consistency T o check data consistency using the Check Consistency command: 1. From the Management Menu, select Check Consistency , then press <Enter>. 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the logical drive to check. Use the arrow keys to select the logical drive from the Logical Drive selection, then press <Enter>.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-25 3. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Y es from the Consistency Check dialog box, then press <Enter>. Y ou may also press <F10> to check the drive consistency . A progress bar appears on screen. 4. While checking the disk consistency , press <Esc> to display the following options. ⢠Stop - Stops the consistency check. The utility stores the percentage of disk checked, When you restart checking, it continues from the last percentage completed rather than from zero percent. ⢠Continue - Continues the consistency check. ⢠Abort - Aborts the consistency check. When you restart checking, it continues from zero percent. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue.
5-26 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration Using the Objects command T o check data consistency using the Objects command: 1. From the Management Menu, select Objects, then select Logical Drive from the menu. 2. Use the arrow keys to select the logical dri ve you want to check, then press <Enter>. 3 . S el ec t Ch ec k Co ns is t e n cy f ro m th e po p- up m en u , t he n pr es s <E nt er >. 4. When prompted, press <Y> to to check the drive. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-27 5.2.7 Deleting a RAID conîÂÂguration T o delete a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. From the Management Menu, select ConîÂÂgure > Clear ConîÂÂguration, then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Y es from the Clear ConîÂÂguration? dialog box, then press <Enter>. The utility clears the current array . 3. Press any key to continue.
5-28 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.2.8 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set Y ou must have created a new RAID conîÂÂguration before you can select the boot drive from a RAID set. Refer to the Creating a RAID set: Using New ConîÂÂguration section for details. T o select the boot drive from a RAID set: 1. From the Management Menu, select ConîÂÂgure > Select Boot Drive, then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select the bootable logical drive from the list, then press <Enter>. 3. The logical drive is selected as boot drive. Press any key to continue.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-29 5.2.9 Enabling the WriteCache Y ou may enable the RAID controller âÂÂs WriteCache option to improve the data transmission performance. Wh en you ena ble Wr ite Ca che , yo u m ay los e da ta whe n a po we r i nter rup tio n o ccur s wh ile tra nsm itt ing or e xch angi ng dat a a mong th e d riv es. T o enable WriteCache: 1. From the Management Menu, select Objects > Adapter , then press <Enter> to display the adapter properties. 2. Select WriteCache, then press <Enter> to turn the option On (enabled). 3. When îÂÂnished, press any key to continue.
5-30 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.3 Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, and RAID 5 set(s) from Serial A T A hard disk drives. T o enter the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility: 1. T urn on the system after installing all Serial A T A hard disk drives. 2. During POST , press <Ctrl I> to display the utility main menu. The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen. In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID 4. Exit [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] RAID Volumes: NoneîÂÂdeî¿ned. Physical Disks: Port Drive Model Serial # Size Type/Status(Vol ID) 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAID Disk [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu
ASUS DSBV -D 5-31 5.3.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (Stripe) T o create a RAID 0 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 0 set, then press <Enter>. 3. Highlight RAID Level, press the up/down arrow key to select |RAID 0 (Stripe), then press <Enter>. 4. Highlight the Disks item, th en press <Enter> to select th e hard disk drives you want to include in the RAID set. The SELECT DISKS screen appears. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] E nt er a s tr i ng be t we en 1 a nd 16 ch a ra ct e rs in le n gt h t ha t c a n b e u se d to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) Select Disks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ SELECT DISKS ] [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXX XXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 1 XXXXXX XXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 2 XXXXXX XXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk 3 XXXXXX XXXXXX XX.XGB Non-RAID Disk Select 2 to 4 disks to use in creating the volume. [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu
5-32 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 0 array , then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 4 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 128 KB. A lower stripe size is recommended for server systems. A higher stripe size is recommended for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. Highlight the Capacity item, enter the desired RAID volume capacity , then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity . 8. When the Create V olume item is highlighted, press <Enter>. A warning message appears. WARNING: ALL DATA ON SELECTED DISKS WILL BE LOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the Create Array menu.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-33 5.3.2 Creating a RAID 1 set (Mirror) T o create a RAID 1 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] E nt er a s tr i ng be t we en 1 a nd 16 ch a ra ct e rs in le n gt h t ha t c a n b e u se d to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID1(Mirror) Select Disks N/A 0.0 GB Create Volume [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu 2. Enter a name for the RAID 1 set, then press <Enter>. 3. Highlight RAID Level, press the up/down arrow key to select |RAID 1 (Mirror), then press <Enter>. 4. Follow steps 4 to 5 and 7 to 9 of the previous section to create the RAID 1 set.
5-34 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.3.3 Creating a RAID 10 set (Stripe Mirror) T o create a RAID 10 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] E nt er a s tr i ng be t we en 1 a nd 16 ch a ra ct e rs in le n gt h t ha t c a n b e u se d to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID10(RAID0 1) Select Disks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu 2. Enter a name for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>. 3. Highlight RAID Level, press the up/down arrow key to select |RAID 10 (RAID0 1), then press <Enter>. 4. Follow steps 4 to 9 of section âÂÂ5.3.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (striped)â to create the RAID 10 set.
ASUS DSBV -D 5-35 5.3.4 Creating a RAID 5 set (Parity) T o create a RAID 5 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID V olume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUME INFORMATION ] E nt er a s tr i ng be t we en 1 a nd 16 ch a ra ct e rs in le n gt h t ha t c a n b e u se d to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. Name: RAID Level: Disks: Strip Size: Capacity: Volume1 RAID5(Parity) Select Disks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [ESC]-Exit [ENTER]-Select Menu 2. Enter a name for the RAID 10 set, then press <Enter>. 3. Highlight RAID Level, press the up/down arrow key to select |RAID 10 (RAID0 1), then press <Enter>. 4. Follow steps 4 to 9 of section âÂÂ5.3.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (striped)â to create the RAID 5 set.
5-36 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.3.5 Deleting a RAID set T ake caution when deleting a RAID set. Y ou will lose all data on the hard disk drives when you delete a RAID set. T o delete a RAID set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 2. Delete RAID V olume, then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set you want to delete, then press <Del>. This window appears. 3. Press <Y> to delete the RAID set and return to the utility main menu; otherwise, press <N> to return to the Delete V olume menu. ALL DATA IN THE VOLUME WILL BE LOST! A re y o u s ur e y o u w an t t o d el e te vo l um e â Vo l um e Xâ ? ( Y /N ): [ DELETE VOLUME VERIFICATION ] In te l(R ) Mat ri x St or age M ana ge r O pt io n RO M v 5. 0.0 .1 03 2 ESB2 w RAI D5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ DELETE VOLUME MENU ] Name Level Drives Capacity Status Bootable Volume0 RAIDX(xxxxx) X XXX.XGB Normal Yes [ HELP ] D e l e t i n g a v o l u m e w i l l d e s t r o y t h e v o l u m e d a t a o n t h e d r i v e ( s ) a n d c a u s e a n y m e m b e r d i s k s t o b e c o m e a v a i l a b l e a s n o n - R A I D d i s k s . W A R N I N G : EXISTING DATA WITHIN THIS VOLUME WILL BE LOST AND NON-RECOVERABLE. [ âÂÂâ ]-Select [<ESC>]-Previous Menu [<Del>]-Delete Volume
ASUS DSBV -D 5-37 5.3.7 Exiting the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager T o exit the utility: 1. From the utility main menu, select 4. Exit, then press <Enter>. This window appears. Are you sure you want to exit? (Y/N): [ CONFIRM EXIT ] 2. Press <Y> to exit or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. 5.3.6 Resetting disks to Non-RAID Take cauti on befo re you reset a RAID volum e hard disk drive to non-RAID. Resetting a RAID volume hard disk drive deletes all internal RAID structure on the drive. T o reset a RAID set hard disk drive: 1. From the utility main menu, select 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID, then press <Enter> to display this screen. 2. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the RAID set drive you want to reset, then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A conîÂÂrmation message appears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. 5. Follow steps 2 to 4 to select and reset other RAID set drives. [ RESET RAID DATA ] Re sett ing RAI D data wil l r emov e in ter na l RA ID s tru ct ures from the selected RAID disks. By removing the se structures, the drive will revert back to a non-RAID disk. WARNING: Resetting a disk causes all data on the disk to be lost. Port Drive Model Serial # Size Status 0 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XGB Member Disk Select the disks that should be reset. [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/Next [SPACE]-Selects [ENTER]-Selection Complete
5-38 Chapter 5: RAID conîÂÂguration 5.4 Global Array Manager Y ou may also create a RAID set(s) in Windows î operating environment using the Global Array Manager (GAM) application. The GAM application is available from the motherboard support CD. Refer to the GAM user guide in the motherboard support CD for details.
6 Driver installation This chapter provides instructions for installing the necessary drivers for different system components.
ASUS DSBV -D Chapter summary 6 6.1 RAID driver installation ............................................................... 6-1 6.2 Intel chipset software installation ............................................ 6-1 1 6.3 LAN driver installation ............................................................... 6-14 6.4 VGA driver installation ............................................................... 6-18
ASUS DSBV -D 6-1 6.1 RAID driver installation After creating the RAID sets for your server system, you are now ready to install an operating system to the independent hard disk drive or bootable array . This part provides instructions on how to install the RAID controller drivers during OS installation. 6.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk Y ou may have to use another system to create the RAID driver disk from the system/motherboard support CD or from the Internet. A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP or Red Hat î Enterprise ver . 3.0/SuSE operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. Y ou can create a RAID driver disk in DOS (using the Makedisk application in the support CD). T o create a RAID driver disk in DOS environment: 1. Place the motherboard support CD in the optical drive. 2. Restart the computer , then enter the BIOS Setup. 3. Select the optical drive as the îÂÂrst boot priority to boot from the support CD. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. 4. Restart the computer . 5. Press any key when prompted to boot from CD. The Makedisk menu appears. Loading FreeDOS FAT KERNEL GO! Press any key to boot from CDROM... A) FreeDOS command prompt B) Create INTEL 6321 MATRIX STORAGE MANAGER for Windows 32 bit Driver Disk. (Also support AHCI.) C) Create INTEL 6321 MATRIX STORAGE MANAGER for Windows 64 bit Driver Disk. (Also support AHCI.) D) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for Win2k Driver Disk E) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for WinXP/Win2k3 32 bit Driver Disk F) Create INTEL 6321 LSI MegaRAID for WinXP/Win2k3 64 bit Driver Disk G) Create the emergent BIOS Recovery diskette H)îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂESB2îÂÂASFîÂÂî¿rmwareîÂÂupdate Please choose A TO H:
6-2 Chapter 6: Driver installation For system s with Red Ha t î Enterprise versions that are not listed in the Makedisk menu, explore the support CD and copy the RAID driver disk from the following path: For Intel î 6321 LSI MegaRAID: \Drivers\6321 LSI MegaRAID\Driver\Linux\ megaswr-drvr-bin.tgz 6. Place a blank, high-density îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then select the type of RAID driver disk you want to create by typing the number before the option 7. Press <Enter>. 8. Follow screen instructions to create the driver disk. 6.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS During Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS installation T o install the RAID controller driver when installing Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS: 1. Boot the computer using the Windows î 2000/2003 Server installation CD. The Windows î 2000/2003 Setup starts. 2. Press <F6> when the message âÂÂPress F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver ...â appears at the bottom of the screen. 3. When prompted, press <S> to specify an additional device.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-3 4. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then press <Enter>. 5. Select the RAID controller driver from the list, then press <Enter>. ⢠For Intel î 6321ESB LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID Driver, select Intel LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID (DSBV -D). 6. The Windows î 2000/2003 Setup loads the RAID controller drivers from the RAID driver disk. When prompted, press <Enter> to continue installation. 7. Setup then proceeds with the OS installation. Follow screen instructions to continue. LSI MegaRAID Software RAID (Windows 2000 SP4)
6-4 Chapter 6: Driver installation 5. Right-click the RAID controller item, then select Properties. 6. Click the Driver tab, then click the Update Driver button. 7. The Upgrade Device Driver Wizard window appears. Click Next. 8. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 9. Select the option âÂÂSearch for a suitable driver for my device (recommended), then click Next. T o an existing Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS T o install the RAID controller driver on an existing Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS: 1. Restart the computer , then log in with Administrator privileges. 2. Windows î automatically detects the RAID controller and displays a New Hardware Found window . Click Cancel. 3. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows î desktop , then select Properties from the menu. 4. Click the Hardware tab, then click the Device Manager button to display the list of devices installed in the system. 10. The wizard searches the RAID controller drivers. When found, click Next to install the drivers. 1 1. Click Finish after the driver installation is done.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-5 T o verify the RAID controller driver installation: 1. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows î desktop , then select Properties from the menu. 2. Click the Hardware tab, then click the Device Manager button. 3. Click the â â sign before the item SCSI and RAID controllers. 4. Right-click the RAID controller driver item, then select Properties from the menu. 5. Click the Driver tab, then click the Driver Details button to display the RAID controller drivers. 6. Click OK when îÂÂnished.
6-6 Chapter 6: Driver installation Red Hat î Enterprise ver . 3.0 T o install the Intel î ESB2E LSI Logic Embedded SA T A RAID controller driver when installing Red Hat î Enterprise ver . 3.0 OS: 1. Boot the system from the Red Hat î Installation CD. 2. At the boot: , type linux dd , then press <Enter>.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-7 4. Select fd0 using the <T ab> key when asked to select the driver disk source. Press <T ab> to move the cursor to OK, then press <Enter>. 3. Select Y es using the <T ab> key when asked if you have the driver disk. Press <Enter>
6-8 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6. Follow screen instructions to continue the OS installation. 5. When prompted, insert the Red Hat î Enterprise ver . 3.0 RAID driver disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, select OK, then press <Enter>. The drivers for the RAID controller are installed to the system.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-9 SuSE Linux T o install the RAID controller driver when installing SuSE Linux OS: 1. Boot the system from the SuSE Installation CD. 2. Select Installation from the Boot Options menu, then press <Enter>. 3. A message instructs you to prepare the RAID driver disk. Press <F6>.
6-10 Chapter 6: Driver installation 4. When prompted, insert the RAID driver disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then press <Enter>. 5. When prompted, select the îÂÂoppy disk drive (fd0) as the driver update medium, select OK, then press <Enter>. The drivers for the RAID controller are installed to the system.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-1 1 6.2 Intel chipset software installation This section provides instructions on how to install the Plug and Play components for the Intel î chipset on the system. Y ou need to manually install the Intel î chipset software on a Windows XP/2000 / Server 2003 operating system. T o install the Intel î chipset software: 1. Restart the computer , then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support CD to the optical drive. The support CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . 3. Click the item Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility from the menu. Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility A TI ES1000 Intel Matrix Storage Manager driver Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Inî¿neon Security Platform Software Intel(R) PRO/1000 EB Network Connection ASF
6-12 Chapter 6: Driver installation 4. The Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility window appears. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. 5. Select Y es to accept the terms of the License Agreement and continue the process.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-13 6. Read the Readme File Information and press Next to activate the installation. 7. After completing the installation, click Finish to restart the computer .
6-14 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.3 LAN driver installation This section provides the instructions on how to install Intel î Gigabit LAN controller drivers. 6.3.1 Windows XP/2000/Server 2003 T o install the Intel î Gigabit LAN controller driver on a Windows î XP/2000/ Server 2003 OS: 1. Restart the computer , and then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Windows î automatically detects the LAN controllers and displays window . Click Cancel to close this window . ⢠If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle AUTORUN.EXE from the \Drivers\Intel 82563EB folder . Double-click the AUTORUN.EXE and follow step 4 to run the installation. 3. Click the Intel î PRO/1000 EB Network Connection option. Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility A TI ES1000 Intel Matrix Storage Manager driver Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Inî¿neon Security Platform Software Intel(R) PRO/1000 EB Network Connection ASF
ASUS DSBV -D 6-15 5. Click Next button when the Intel î PRO Network Connections â InstallShield Wizard window appears. 4. Click the Install Drivers option to begin installation.
6-16 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6. Select the âÂÂI accept the terms in the license agreementâ and then click the Next button. 7. Press the Complete and click Next button to fully install the driver , Intel î PROSet for Windows Device Manager and Advanced Networking Services.
ASUS DSBV -D 6-17 6.3.2 Red Hat/SuSE Linux Follow these instructions when installing the Intel î LAN controller base driver for the in Red Hat î and SuSE Linux operating system. Before installing the LAN driver: Before installing the LAN driver , you must install the kernel development application. T o install the kernel development: 1. Insert the Linux OS installation CD Disk 1 to the optical drive. 2. Double click âÂÂApplicationâ > âÂÂSystem settingâ > âÂÂAdd / Remove applicationâÂÂ. 3. Select âÂÂKernel Developmentâ from the Development T ools. 4. Follow the later steps and add different CDs according to the instructions displayed. Building the driver from the T AR îÂÂle: 1. Insert the motherboard/system support CD to the optical drive and mount the optional drive in the Linux platform. 2. Copy the base driver tar îÂÂle from the motherboard/system support CD to the directory of your local hard disk. The name format of driver îÂÂle is âÂÂe1000- <V ersion>.tar .gzâÂÂ. For example: the îÂÂle name of driver version 7.0.38 is âÂÂe1000-7.0.38.tar .gzâÂÂ. ⢠The Intel î LAN driver for Linux OS is located in: \Drivers\INTEL 82563EB\PRO1000\LINUX 3. Untar or unzip the archive. tar zxf e1000-x.x.x.tar .gz 4. Change to the driver src directory . cd e1000-x.x.x/src/ 5. Use the command âÂÂmakeinstallâ to compile the driver module. makeinstall 6. After reboot the system, please refer to Linux distribution documentation to conîÂÂgure the network protocol and IP address.
6-18 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.4 VGA driver installation This section p rovides instruc tions on how t o install the A TI î ES1000 V ideo Graphics Adapter (VGA) driver . 6.4.1 Windows 2000/Server 2003 Y ou need to manually install the A TIî ES1000 VGA driver on a Windows 2000 / Server 2003 operating system. T o install the A TIî ES1000 VGA driver: 1. Restart the computer , then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support CD to the optical drive. The support CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . The Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . 3. Click the item A TI ES1000 from the menu. Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility A TI ES1000 Intel Matrix Storage Manager driver Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Inî¿neon Security Platform Software Intel(R) PRO/1000 EB Network Connection ASF
ASUS DSBV -D 6-19 4. The A TI Software window appears. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. 5. Select Y es to accept the terms of the License Agreement and continue the process.
6-20 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6. Press the button to activate quick installation. 7. After completing the installation, restart the computer .
ASUS DSBV -D 6-21 6.5 Management applications and utilities installation The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, management applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. The contents of the support CD a re subject to cha nge at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for updates. 6.5.1 Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder . Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the CD. 6.5.2 Drivers menu The Drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. The screen display and driver options vary under different operating system versions. Intel(R) Chipset Software Installation Utility A TI ES1000 Intel Matrix Storage Manager driver Intel(R) Matrix Storage Manager Inî¿neon Security Platform Software Intel(R) PRO/1000 EB Network Connection ASF
6-22 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.5.3 Management Software menu The Management Software menu displays the available network and server monitoring applications. Click an item to install. 6.5.4 Utilities menu The Utilities menu displays the software applications and utilities that the motherboard supports. Click an item to install. 6.5.5 Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. ASUS Remote Console ASWM Install ASUS Network Utility ADOBE Acrobat Reader V7.0 ASUS Screen Saver ASUS Update
A Reference information This appendix includes additional information that you may refer to when conîÂÂguring the motherboard.
Appendix summary A ASUS DSBV -D A.1 DSBV -D block diagram ................................................................ A-1
ASUS DSBV -D A-1 A.1 DSBV -D block diagram Xeon5000/ Xeon5100; 5300 1333 FSB 5000V 6321ESB 6 x SATA S/W RAID 0, 1, 10 PCI3 PCI 33 ES1000 1 x IDE x4 ESI FBDx3 FBDx3 Gilgal Kumeran PCIX 133/100 PCIE2 PCIX4 PCIX5 PCIE1 PCIX6 x16 slot x8 slot x4 x8
A-2 Appendix A: Reference information A.2 PHLASH16.EXE and memory managers Phlash16 may fail if your system is using memory managers, in which case the utility will display the following message: Memory manager error message If you see this message after you execute Phlash16, you must disable the memory manager on your system. Follow the instructions in the Disabling memory managers section in this chapter . Because Phlash16.EXE may require the use of extended memory , it will not run if it detects the presence of an extended-memory manager such as HIMEM.SYS, EMM386, or QEMM. T o avoid conîÂÂict with disk caching programs, the program checks for VCPI, DPMI and XMS. The program does not check for VDISK because MS-DOS 5 and later versions do not support that server . If the program detects any of these utilities, the program reports a failure and terminates. Disabling memory managers T o avoid failure when îÂÂashing, you must disable the memory managers that load from CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BA T . T o disable the memory managers: 1. Boot from a bootable îÂÂoppy disk created from MS-DOS 6.22. 2. During the boot process, when the message "Press any key to continue" is displayed, press <F5>. 3. The message "MS-DOS is bypassing CONFIG.SYS and AUTOEXEC.BA T îÂÂle" appears. The memory managers will then be disabled. Do not interrupt the process. 4. When done, îÂÂash the BIOS according to instructions in section "4.1.2 Updating the Phoenix Phlash16 Utility . Phoenix Phlash16 Error Cannot îÂÂash if Memory Managers (e.g. EMM386) present PRESS ANY KEY T O EXIT